hit counter script
Toshiba e-STUDIO556 Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Toshiba Manuals
  4. All in One Printer
  5. e-STUDIO556
  6. Service manual

Toshiba e-STUDIO556 Service Manual

Multifunctional digital systems
Hide thumbs Also See for e-STUDIO556:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Troubleshooting Manual, Manual

SERVICE MANUAL

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS
e-STUDIO556/656/756/856
e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/
756SE/856SE
Model: DP-5560/6560/7560/8560
Publish Date: September 2011
File No. SME110012C0
R110421J4500-TTEC
Ver 03_2012-07

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Toshiba e-STUDIO556

Summary of Contents for Toshiba e-STUDIO556

  • Page 1: Service Manual

    SERVICE MANUAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/ 756SE/856SE Model: DP-5560/6560/7560/8560 Publish Date: September 2011 File No. SME110012C0 R110421J4500-TTEC Ver 03_2012-07...
  • Page 2 Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respective companies. © 2011, 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written permission...
  • Page 3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 The installation and service shall be done by a qualified service technician. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 and e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/ 756SE/856SE are the same models. 1. Transportation/Installation When transporting/installing the equipment, employ four persons and be sure to move it by the casters while lifting the stoppers.
  • Page 4 Be sure to handle/install them properly. If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may result in fatal accidents such as burnout. Do not allow a short-circuit and do not use the parts not recommended by Toshiba TEC Corporation.
  • Page 5 4. Cautionary Labels During servicing, be sure to check the rating plate and cautionary labels such as “Unplug the power cable during service”, “CAUTION. HOT”, “CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE”, “CAUTION. LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment.
  • Page 6 5. Disposal of the Equipment, Supplies, Packing Materials, Used Batteries and IC-RAMs Regarding the recovery and disposal of the equipment, supplies, packing materials, used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries, follow the relevant local regulations or rules. Caution: Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual. Attention: Se débarrasser de batteries et IC-RAMs usés y compris les batteries en lithium selon ce manuel.
  • Page 7 ALLEGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF DIE WARTUNG FÜR e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service- Techniker durchzuführen. 1. Transport/Installation Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 4 Personen benötigt. Nur an den in der Abbildung gezeigten Stellen tragen.
  • Page 8 Sie müssen unbedingt korrekt gehandhabt und installiert werden. Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies zu schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse sind zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba TEC Corporation empfohlen sind.
  • Page 9 4. Warnetiketten Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen überprüfen [z. B. „Unplug the power cable during service“ („Netzkabel vor Beginn der Wartungsarbeiten abziehen“), „CAUTION. HOT“ („VORSICHT, HEISS“), „CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“), „CAUTION. LASER BEAM“ („VORSICHT, LASER“) usw.], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät angebracht sind.
  • Page 10 5. Entsorgung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC- RAMs In Bezug auf die Entsorgung und Wiederverwertung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC-RAMs, einschließlich Lithiumakkus, sind die einschlägigen nationalen oder regionalen Vorschriften zu befolgen. Caution: Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual.

  • Page 11: Table Of Contents

    Overview of Operation ..................3-39 3.6.2 Description of Operation .................. 3-39 3.6.3 Detection of Abnormality.................. 3-43 Control Panel ........................3-47 3.7.1 General Description ..................3-47 3.7.2 Description of Operation .................. 3-48 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) CONTENTS...
  • Page 12 FAN cover......................4-2 4.1.5 Top left cover ..................... 4-2 4.1.6 Top rear cover ....................4-3 4.1.7 Right upper cover ....................4-3 4.1.8 Right center cover....................4-3 4.1.9 Right rear cover ....................4-4 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 13 Cleaner unit ..................... 4-61 4.7.2 Drum thermistor (THM5) and Drum ..............4-61 4.7.3 Cleaning blade....................4-63 4.7.4 Recovery blade....................4-63 4.7.5 Cleaning brush....................4-64 4.7.6 Image quality sensor (S14) ................4-64 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) CONTENTS...
  • Page 14 Exit/Reverse unit.................... 4-109 4.11.2 Reverse section cooling fan-1 [M24] / Reverse section cooling fan-2 [M25] . 4-109 4.11.3 Exit sensor [S22].................... 4-110 4.11.4 Reverse sensor-1 [S23] / Reverse sensor-2 [S24] ........4-110 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 15 4.12.45 Original tray sensor (SR1) ................4-154 4.12.46 Original tray width sensor (SR2) ..............4-155 4.12.47 Original exit/reverse sensor (SR11)............... 4-156 4.12.48 Original reverse unit opening/closing sensor (SR14) ........4-157 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) CONTENTS...
  • Page 16 Background adjustment ................... 6-26 6.4.4 Sharpness adjustment ..................6-26 6.4.5 Setting range correction................... 6-27 6.4.6 Adjustment of smudged/faint text ..............6-27 6.4.7 Gamma balance adjustment................6-28 6.4.8 Adjustment of image density................6-29 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 17 Adjusting the Staple Position (stapler movement range) ......... 6-86 6.15.4 Adjusting the Buffer Roller Winding Amount............ 6-88 6.16 Adjustment of Saddle stitch finisher ................6-91 6.16.1 Adjusting the Folding Position ................. 6-91 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) CONTENTS...
  • Page 18 Network error ....................8-31 8.2.9 Error history ..................... 8-34 Diagnosis and Prescription for Each Error Code ............8-36 8.3.1 Check item....................... 8-36 8.3.2 Paper transport jam ..................8-36 8.3.3 Paper misfeeding..................... 8-56 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 19 Switching regulator (PS) ..................9-6 9.1.9 SRAM board (RAM-S) ..................9-6 Precautions, Procedures and Settings for Replacing PC Boards and HDD ..... 9-8 9.2.1 Precautions when replacing PC boards............. 9-8 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) CONTENTS...
  • Page 20 Flow chart for correcting USB update failure ..........11-52 12. BACKUP FUNCTION....................12-1 12.1 Data Cloning ........................12-1 12.1.1 General description..................12-1 12.1.2 Precautions...................... 12-1 12.1.3 Backup files ..................... 12-1 12.1.4 Cloning procedure ................... 12-2 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 21 Setting value change and restrictions when using the key counter ....13-4 13.3.5 Installation of External Counter................ 13-4 14. WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ............14-1 14.1 AC Wire Harness ......................14-1 14.2 DC Wire Harness / Electric Parts Layout ................ 14-2 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) CONTENTS...
  • Page 22 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 23: Features

    The customizing ability is improved and high security performance is given by adopting a new OS. (New standard IEEE2600 embedded) • The open platform interface using Web Service is embedded. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FEATURES 1 - 1...
  • Page 24 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FEATURES 1 - 2...

  • Page 25: Specifications/Accessories/Options/Supplies

    Resolution Scanning 600 dpi × 600 dpi Writing 2400 dpi × 600 dpi Gradation Paper feeding 2 drawers + Bypass feeding + Tandem LCF + LCF (optional) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 1...
  • Page 26 Memory (RAM) Main memory 1 GB (Incl. page memory) 60 GB Account Codes 10,000 codes Department Codes 1,000 codes Warm-up time Approx. 130 sec. (Stand-alone, temperature: 20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 2...
  • Page 27 Dimensions of the equipment W 698 x D 789 x H 1176 (mm) 11 76 mm 7 89 m m 698 mm Weight Approx. 203 kg (447 lb.) (equipment only) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 3...

  • Page 28: Copy

    Density control Automatic density mode and manual density mode selectable in 11 steps [ 2 ] First copy time e-STUDIO556/656 Approx. 4.0 sec. e-STUDIO756/856 Approx. 3.5 sec. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 4...
  • Page 29 * Accuracy: Within ±2 sheets (Bypass feed) / Within ±1 sheet (Other paper sources) * Values may vary depending on its use condition and environment. * When the RADF is used, each copy speed per minute of e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 has reached 55/65/75/85 sheets. These copy speeds can be realized only in the following conditions.
  • Page 30 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 6...
  • Page 31 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 7...
  • Page 32 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 8...
  • Page 33 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 9...
  • Page 34 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 10...
  • Page 35 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 11...
  • Page 36 * Setting: when in the Text/Photo mode with Automatic density and APS/AMS set to OFF, or when in the sort mode with paper fed from the 1st drawer. * The Finisher, Hole punch unit and Inserter are not installed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 12...

  • Page 37: Print

    User Box Number of Folder 100 folders per box Number of Document 400 documents per box/folder Number of Page 200 pages per document Capacity of e-Filing 27 GB © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 13...

  • Page 38: Internet Fax

    Message size Max. 30M Byte limitation Message division Page by page [ 2 ] Internet FAX receiving Format of receive attachment TIFF-FX (Profile S, F, J) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 14...

  • Page 39: Network Fax

    Send to FTP Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to E-mail Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to I-Fax TIFF-S Send to PSTN-FAX © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 15...

  • Page 40: Accessories

    1 pc. (for CND) Developer material 1 pc. (for CND) Toner bottle 1 pc. (for CND) Note: Check that the above accessories are correctly co-packed at the time of unpacking. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 16...

  • Page 41: System List

    * The antenna (GN-3010) is necessary to enable the wireless LAN module (GN-1060). * Up to 2 antennas (GN-3010) can be connected to the wireless LAN module (GN-1060). * When the wireless LAN module (GN-1060) is installed, antenna (GN-3010) can be connected. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES...

  • Page 42: Supplies

    Developer D-6000 Toner cartridge PS-ZT8560U (for NAD) PS-ZT8560A (for ARD) PS-ZT8560E (for MJD) PS-ZT8560C (for CND) PS-ZT8560D (for other) Toner bag PS-TB6510E (for MJD) PS-TB6510 (for other) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 18...

  • Page 43: Outline Of The Machine

    OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE Sectional View 3.1.1 Front view 4 drawers model A1 A2 A7 E10 E9 E8 E7 E6 Fig. 3-1 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 1...
  • Page 44 2 drawers and tandem LCF model A1 A2 A7 E10 E9 E8 E7 E6 Fig. 3-2 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 2...
  • Page 45 End fence home position sensor Reverse path roller-1 Standby side empty sensor Reverse path roller-2 Standby side mis-stacking sensor End fence stop position sensor © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 3...

  • Page 46: Rear View

    3.1.2 Rear view 4 drawers model Fig. 3-3 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 4...
  • Page 47 2 drawers and tandem LCF model Fig. 3-4 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 5...
  • Page 48 3rd drawer transport clutch 3rd drawer feed clutch 4th drawer transport clutch 4th drawer feed clutch Tandem LCF tray-up motor Tandem LCF end fence motor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 6...

  • Page 49: Electric Parts Layout

    Electric Parts Layout 3.2.1 Scanner unit a. Motor, sensor, PC board, fan INV-EXP Fig. 3-5 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 7...
  • Page 50 Heater, thermostat THMO3 Fig. 3-6 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 8...

  • Page 51: Control Panel

    3.2.2 Control panel TCP/LCD Fig. 3-7 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 9...

  • Page 52: Fuser Related Section

    3.2.3 Fuser related section THM3 THM2 THMO1 THM1 THMO2 IH-COIL THM4 Fig. 3-8 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 10...

  • Page 53: Toner Cartridge Related Section

    3.2.4 Toner cartridge related section Fig. 3-9 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 11...

  • Page 54: Toner Recycle / Used Toner Recovery Unit

    3.2.5 Toner recycle / used toner recovery unit Fig. 3-10 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 12...

  • Page 55: Developer Unit / Drum / Transfer Belt Unit Related Section

    3.2.6 Developer unit / drum / transfer belt unit related section a. Motor, sensor, switch, solenoid, lamp, thermistor SOL1 THM5 Fig. 3-11 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 13...
  • Page 56 Heater, thermostat, PC board THMO4 Fig. 3-12 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 14...

  • Page 57: Paper Transport Unit

    3.2.7 Paper transport unit CLT3 CLT2 CLT1 Fig. 3-13 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 15...

  • Page 58: Paper Exit / Reverse Section

    3.2.8 Paper exit / reverse section MOT2-RV SOL2 Fig. 3-14 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 16...

  • Page 59: Equipment (Left View)

    3.2.9 Equipment (left view) SW11 Fig. 3-15 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 17...

  • Page 60: Equipment (Right View)

    3.2.10 Equipment (right view) MOT2-MT Fig. 3-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 18...

  • Page 61: Bypass Feed Unit

    3.2.11 Bypass feed unit CLT4 SOL3 Fig. 3-17 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 19...

  • Page 62: Paper Feeding Section

    3.2.12 Paper feeding section SOL7 CLT5 CLT6 CLT7 CLT8 CLT9 CLT10 CLT11 CLT12 S44 S43 Fig. 3-18 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 20...

  • Page 63: Tandem Lcf

    3.2.13 Tandem LCF SOL8 Fig. 3-19 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 21...

  • Page 64: Equipment (Rear View)

    3.2.14 Equipment (rear view) RAM-S Fig. 3-20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 22...

  • Page 65: Ac Input Section

    3.2.15 AC input section a. e-STUDIO656: JPC model BRK1 Fig. 3-21 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 23...
  • Page 66 JPC model BRK1 BRK2 Fig. 3-22 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 24...
  • Page 67 NAD model, e-STUDIO656: NAD/SAD/TWD model, e-STUDIO756/856: NAD/SAD model BRK1 Fig. 3-23 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 25...
  • Page 68 ASD/AUD/MJD/CND model, e-STUDIO656/756/856: ARD/ASD/AUD/MJD/CND model, e-STUDIO756/856: TWD model BRK1 Fig. 3-24 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 26...

  • Page 69: Reversing Automatic Document Feeder (Radf)

    Sensor, Switch SWR2 SR15 SR13 SWR1 SR12 SR14 SR10 SR11 Fig. 3-25 b. Motor, fan, solenoid, PC board RADF SOLR2 SOLR3 SOLR1 Fig. 3-26 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 27...

  • Page 70: Symbols And Functions Of Various Components

    Fig. 3-14 15-12 Reverse section cooling (rear side) fan-1 REV-FAN-MOT2 Cooling down the reverse section Fig. 3-14 15-12 Reverse section cooling (front side) fan-2 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 28...
  • Page 71 87-28 Original exit motor Driving the original exit roller Fig. 3-26 87-9 RADF cooling fan Cools off the RADF drive section. Fig. 3-26 89-16 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 29...

  • Page 72: Sensors And Switches

    29-7 Feed cover sensor feed cover SFB-FEED-SNR Detecting the presence of the paper on the Fig. 3-17 10-23 Bypass feed sensor bypass feed unit e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 30...
  • Page 73 Detecting the paper transport at the paper Fig. 3-18 7-18 4th drawer transport feeding system of the 4th drawer sensor (Only for JPC model of all equipments) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 31...
  • Page 74 Detects the length of the original set on the Fig. 3-25 93-2 original tray. Original tray width sensor Detects the width of the original set on the Fig. 3-25 93-12 original tray. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 32...

  • Page 75: Electromagnetic Spring Clutches

    CLT11 CST4-TR-CLT Driving the transport roller of the 4th drawer Fig. 3-18 7-26 4th drawer transport clutch (Only for JPC model of all equipments) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 33...

  • Page 76: Solenoids

    Laser driving PC board-2 (Only for e-STUDIO756/856) (LDR2 board) PWA-F-SNS Detecting the laser beam position Fig. 3-8 32-1A H-sync detection PC board Fig. 3-9 32-1B (SNS board) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 34...

  • Page 77: Lamps And Heaters

    Fuser roller rear thermistor rear end of the fuser roller THM4 THMS-L-HTR Detecting the surface temperature of the Fig. 3-8 27-28 Pressure roller thermistor pressure roller © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 35...

  • Page 78: Transformer

    52-3B Fig. 3-23 52-113 Fig. 3-24 BRK2 BREAKER2 Preventing overcurrent to the fuser unit Fig. 3-22 52-3B Breaker-2 (Only for JPC model of e-STUDIO756/856) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 36...

  • Page 79: Copy Process

    Cleans dirt and paper dust on the drum. (9) Blade cleaning: Forcibly removes the residual toner on the drum. (10)Discharging: Discharges any remaining negative charge on the drum. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 37...

  • Page 80: Comparison Of Copy Process To E-Studio555/655/755/855

    Pressure roller: PFA tube roller (ø60) ← • Cleaning Cleaning web (for fuser roller cleaning) ← • Heater IH coil (Induction heating system) ON/OFF control by thermistor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 38...

  • Page 81: General Operation

    Each drawer tray goes up → Initialization of the writing system The polygonal motor (M2) rotates at a high speed. (e-STUDIO756/856) The polygonal motor (M2) rotates at a low speed. (e-STUDIO556/656) The beam position is controlled. (e-STUDIO756/856) → Other The main charger cleaner operates.
  • Page 82 → The scan motor (M1) is turned OFF. → The registration motor (M16) is turned OFF (after the trailing edge of the paper passes the registration roller). 7. Paper exit e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 40...
  • Page 83 → The rotation speed of the polygonal motor (M2) switches from a high speed to a low speed. (e-STUDIO556/656) → "READY" appears and the equipment enters the ready state. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 84 → "Ready to resume job 1" appears. 4. Pressing the [START] button → The copying operation before the interruption resumes. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 42...

  • Page 85: Detection Of Abnormality

    Tray goes up (the drawer empty sensor (S31, 37, 43, 49) is turned OFF). ↓ "Add paper" appears. ↓ The [START] button is disabled. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 43...
  • Page 86 The clear paper symbol is displayed: E120 ↓ Copying operation is disabled. ↓ Solution: Remove the paper from the bypass tray. → The bypass paper sensor (S27) is turned OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 44...
  • Page 87 When a sheet of reversed paper is transported, horizontal transport sensor-1, -2 (S19, 20) or reverse sensor-1 (S23) does not detect paper within a fixed period of time. ↓ Paper jam (E511, E512, E540) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 45...
  • Page 88 Check the error code displayed on the control panel when "Call for service" appears, and handle the abnormality in reference to the error code table in the Service Handbook. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 46...

  • Page 89: Control Panel

    ON/OFF the power. Press the [ON/OFF] button for 1 second or more to turn ON/OFF the power of the equipment. Fig. 3-28 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 90: Description Of Operation

    3.7.2 Description of Operation [ 1 ] Dot matrix LCD circuit 1. Structure 800 x R,G,B x 480 dots Fig. 3-29 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 48...

  • Page 91: Scanning Section

    [3] Exposure lamp [4] Reflector [5] Carriage-1 [6] Original glass [7] Drive pulley [8] Automatic original detection sensor [9] Lens [10] CCD board [11] SLG board © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 49...

  • Page 92: Construction

    Platen sensor (S53) Rubber damper SLG board cooling fan (M23) Exposure lamp cooling fan-1 (M36) Scanner unit cooling fan-1 (M38) Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 (M37) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 50...

  • Page 93: Functions

    The size of the original placed on the glass is instantly detected using the automatic original detection sensors (S1-5) fixed on the base frame without moving the carriage-1. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 94: Description Of Operation

    Scanning an original on the RADF Carriage-1 stays at the shading position during the shading correction, and at the scanning position during the scanning operation. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 52...

  • Page 95: Automatic Original Size Detection Circuit

    (when scanning black image). 1. Sensor detection points [A4 Series] APS-R APS-C A5-R B5-R A4-R APS-3 APS-1 APS-2 Fig. 3-33 [LT Series] © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 53...
  • Page 96 APS-R APS-C ST-R APS-3 LT-R APS-2 Fig. 3-34 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 54...

  • Page 97: Laser Optical Unit

    The laser unit with 2 beams is used only for the e-STUDIO756/856, and the 1-beam type for the e- STUDIO556/656. e-STUDIO556/656 e-STUDIO756/856 [1] Slit glass [2] Polygonal motor [3] Laser control PC board (PLG board) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 55...

  • Page 98: Structure

    "CAUTION. HOT", "CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE", "CAUTION. LASER BEAM", etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 56...
  • Page 99 Wartungsarbeiten abziehen“), „CAUTION. HOT“ („VORSICHT, HEISS“), „CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“), „CAUTION. LASER BEAM“ („VORSICHT, LASER“) usw.], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät angebracht sind. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 57...

  • Page 100: Paper Feeding System

    Bypass transport roller Drawer feed sensor Registration roller (metal) Drawer transport sensor Registration roller (rubber) Intermediate transport sensor Intermediate transport roller Registration sensor Transport roller — e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 58...
  • Page 101 3rd drawer pickup roller / Tandem LCF pickup End fence home position sensor roller 3rd drawer transport sensor Tandem LCF 3rd drawer feed sensor — © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 59...

  • Page 102: Functions

    This sensor detects the tray bottom position of the drawer. 13.Tandem LCF tray bottom sensor (S71) It detects the lower limit position (home position) on the LCF tray. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 60...
  • Page 103 The end fence stop position sensor (S75) detects the stopping position of the end fence so that the sheet is not pushed too much. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 104: Operation

    When the drawer is inserted, the protrusion at the rear side of the drawer pushes the lever to the direction of A. Then the pickup roller and roller holder are lowered by the spring force. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 62...
  • Page 105 ( M41 ) ( * Except for JPC model ) Tandem LCF end fence motor Gear, Timing belt End fence ( M42 ) ( * Except for JPC model ) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 63...
  • Page 106 • The registration motor (M16) is turned ON and paper is transported to the transfer unit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 64...
  • Page 107 If either of the tandem LCF feed sensors (S46) is ON (paper remains on the transport path) when the power is turned ON, that means a paper jam has occurred and the operation is disabled until the paper is removed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 108 When a paper jam occurs in the tandem LCF during continuous copying, the sheet that was fed before the jam is copied normally. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 66...
  • Page 109 LCF is not operational and the corresponding message is displayed on the control panel. The states (1) to (4) are cleared by turning the power OFF and solving the problems. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 110: Process Related Section

    The drum/cleaner unit is described in chapter 3.13, the developer unit is described in chapter 3.14 and the transfer/transport unit is described in chapter 3.15. Charger wire cleaner Main charger Discharge LED Drum surface potential sensor Drum Fig. 3-41 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 68...

  • Page 111: Functions

    Thus the main charger grid, transfer belt, developer bias, laser output and auto-toner output are controlled to be at their optimum states. The temperature/humidity sensor (S7) is installed in the control panel. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 112: Drum/Cleaner Unit

    Drum cleaning blade Drum thermistor Drum Drum cleaning brush Recovered toner transport auger Drum recovery blade Image quality sensor Drum separation finger Fig. 3-42 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 70...

  • Page 113: Functions

    It works only when the leading edge of the paper is passing the drum. The drum separation finger is pressed against the drum by this solenoid and the finger separates the paper forcibly from the drum. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 114: Image Quality Control

    D/A converter Reflected light Image quality sensor CTDVD-1A amount signal IC12, 98 CTDVC-1A ( CTDS-1 signal ) A/D converter Operational amplifier circuit Fig. 3-43 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 72...

  • Page 115: Developer Unit

    Developer unit drive section Upper developer sleeve Transport sleeve Lower developer sleeve Drum Doctor blade Mixer unit Paddle Auto-toner sensor Scattered toner recovery roller Fig. 3-44 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 73...

  • Page 116: Functions

    Toner cartridge drive unit The toner cartridge drive unit consists of the toner cartridge holder which rotates the toner cartridge, and the sub-hopper. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 74...
  • Page 117 The new toner transport motor (M6) drives the paddle and auger of the sub-hopper through the pulley, timing belt and gear. Therefore the drive of the toner cartridge holder differs from that of the sub-hopper. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 118 • Pipe The auger is equipped in the pipe to transport the toner. This auger is driven by the recycle toner transport motor (M8). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 76...
  • Page 119 Developer unit The developer unit of the e-STUDIO756/856 has a different structure (driving gear) from that of e-STUDIO556/656 due to its copy speed. The developer unit of the e-STUDIO556/656 has a protrusion on its rear side to prevent a wrong installation.

  • Page 120: Developer Unit Drive

    3.13.3 Developer Unit Drive Developer unit drive Fig. 3-47 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 78...

  • Page 121: Transfer/Transport Unit

    Transfer belt drive roller Horizontal transport roller-4 Cleaning brush Horizontal transport sensor-1 Recovery auger Horizontal transport sensor-2 Horizontal transport sensor-3 Cleaning blade Transport guide © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 79...

  • Page 122: Functions

    The transport guide leads the electrostatically attracted paper to the fuser unit. The guide is made of a material which prevents a frictional charge caused by the paper. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 80...

  • Page 123: General Description Of Transfer Belt Unit Operation

    5. The transfer belt unit is lowered, stops rotating, and waits at the released position from the photoconductive drum after the completion of printing. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 124: Fuser Unit

    The thermistors (THM1, 2 and 3) detect the fuser roller temperature to control it, and when the temperature becomes abnormally high, which is detected by thermostats (THMO1 and 2), the power supply to the IH coil (IH-COIL) is cut off. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 82...

  • Page 125: Functions

    Control circuit including CPU IH coil energization permitting signal Duty ratio changing signal +5VSW +5VB Temperature AC line control circuit DC line Fig. 3-50 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 83...
  • Page 126 OFF again. After confirming that it is the fuser unit abnormality, correct the abnormality and reset the counter value (08-2002) to "0" to start up the equipment normally. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 84...
  • Page 127 100°C or below When pre- 240°C or C449 On usual running end above temperature / 250°C or ready above temperature 270°C or is detected above © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 85...
  • Page 128 * The figures in the "Error code" and "Counter" fields with parentheses denote that an error status has not yet been determined (= error status is detected only once). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 86...

  • Page 129: Exit/Reverse Section

    These fans are equipped to cool down the reverse section. 5. Reverse sensor-1 and -2 (S23, S24) These sensors detect the state of paper feeding. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 87...

  • Page 130: Driving Of Exit/Reverse Section

    © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 88...
  • Page 131 3 sheets × 1 copy Single-sided printing operation (A4/LT) Step 1 Step 6 Step 2 Step 7 Step 3 Step 8 Step 4 Step 5 Fig. 3-52 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 89...

  • Page 132: Reversing Automatic Document Feeder (Radf)

    RADF opening/closing switch (SWR2) Exit/reverse roller Reverse paper path Exit roller Exit paper path Original tray sensor (SR1) RADF opening/closing sensor (SR15) Original tray width sensor (SR2) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 90...

  • Page 133: Functions

    This roller transports the original reversed in the exit path to the exit roller. 11. Exit roller This roller transports the original to the original exit tray. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 134: Description Of Operation

    3.17.3 Description of Operation e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 92...
  • Page 135 Original exit motor (MR4) Normal rotation / Normal rotation: Front Exit intermediate roller Reverse rotation side exiting Exit/reverse roller Reverse rotation: Exit roller Backside exiting © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 93...
  • Page 136 Original tray width width width Size registration width sensor sensor detection detection detection determined sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 B5/B4 FOLIO A4/A3 A4-R B5-R A5-R e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 94...
  • Page 137 Original tray width width width Size registration width sensor sensor detection detection detection determined sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 COMP COMP LT-R/LG LT-R 8.5x8.5 ST-R © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 95...
  • Page 138 Original width Original width Original Size tray width registration detection detection detection tray sensor determined sensor sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 LT-R/LG LG/LT-R 8.5x8.5 ST-R e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 96...

  • Page 139: Power Supply Unit

    +36 V) are output only when the main power switch of the equipment is turned ON and the cover interlock switch is turned ON (front cover (lower) and left lower cover are closed). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 140: Operation Of Dc Output Circuit

    If the protection circuit is activated (except the case the fuse is blown out), remove the causes such as short-circuit. Turn ON the power again 1 minute later to clear the overcurrent protection. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 98...
  • Page 141 Only DC voltage and +5VS are output from the power supply unit. The [POWER] button is monitored and the LED of the main power switch is lit. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 142: Output Channel

    CN406 Pin 6 Output to the LGC board +12VB: CN407 Pin 6 Output to the PLG board +12VB: CN408 Pin 7 Output to the SLG board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 100...
  • Page 143 For the LGC board, external LCF (via LGC board) +24VD1, +24VD2, +36VD CN403 For the PLG board +5VD, +24VD2, +36VD CN404 For the SLG board, RADF +24VD2, +24VD4, +36VD CN409 For the finisher +24VD3 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 101...

  • Page 144: Fuse

    Duct in fan Developer unit fan Laser unit cooling fan Switching regulator cooling fan-1 Switching regulator cooling fan-2 Drum separation finger solenoid SOL1 Copy key card e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 102...
  • Page 145 SLG board Scan motor F8: 8A (Semi time-lag) +5VB LGC board Harnesses and sensors to be connected to F9: 3.15A (Semi time-lag) the LGC board © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 103...
  • Page 146 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 104...

  • Page 147: Disassembly And Replacement

    Take off the front cover. Front right inner cover P.4-1 "4.1.1 Front cover (Upper/Lower)") Remove 2 screws to take off the front right inner cover. Fig. 4-3 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 1...

  • Page 148: Top Right Cover

    Remove 1 screw and open the RADF. Slide the cover to the rear side to release the hook, and then take off the top left cover [1]. Fig. 4-6 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 2...

  • Page 149: Top Rear Cover

    Fig. 4-8 4.1.8 Right center cover Open the bypass tray. Remove 8 screws to take off the right center Right center cover cover. Fig. 4-9 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 3...

  • Page 150: Left Upper Cover

    4.1.11 Left lower cover (Exit cover) Remove 6 screws to take off the left lower cover. Left lower cover ( Exit cover ) Fig. 4-12 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 4...

  • Page 151: Left Rear Cover

    4.1.13 Rear cover Loosen 1 screw fixing the ozone filter. Remove 8 screws. Then release 2 hooks to take off the rear cover. Fig. 4-14 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 5...

  • Page 152: Control Panel

    Toner cartridge catcher Fig. 4-15 Remove 2 screws and take off the control panel lower cover. Control panel lower cover Fig. 4-16 Disconnect 1 connectors. Fig. 4-17 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 6...
  • Page 153 (10) Remove 1 screw, take off 3 clamps and disconnect 1 connector (with a lock). (11) Remove 2 screws, take off a USB port and then the control panel unit. Fig. 4-20 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 7...

  • Page 154: Dsp Board (Dsp)

    Disconnect 5 connectors. (3 of the 5 connectors are equipped with a lock.) Remove 3 screws and take off the DSP board and the sheet. Fig. 4-23 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 8...

  • Page 155: Key Board (Key)

    Take off the LCD panel/touch panel[1]. Note: Be sure that no dust or stain is on the LCD panel or the touch panel before the installation. Fig. 4-26 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 9...

  • Page 156: Control Panel Cover

    4.2.5 Control panel cover Release the 4 latches, and take off the Control panel cover control panel cover. Latch Latch Fig. 4-27 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 10...

  • Page 157: Scanning Section

    Fig. 4-29 4.3.2 Lens cover Take off the original glass. P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Remove 3 screws to take off the original glass holder. Fig. 4-30 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 11...

  • Page 158: Slg Board Cooling Fan (M23)

    S4 / S5) Take off the lens cover. P.4-11 "4.3.2 Lens cover") Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and take off the APS sensor. Fig. 4-33 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 12...

  • Page 159: Carriage-1

    Remove the square seal fixing the lamp harness to the base. Disconnect the Connector Seal connector of the lamp harness from the SLG board Fig. 4-36 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 13...
  • Page 160 Then take off the carriage-1. Note: When replacing the mirror-1, replace the carriage-1 together with mirror-1. Mirror-1 should not be removed. Fig. 4-39 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 14...

  • Page 161: Exposure Lamp (Exp)

    P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Move the carriage-1 to the center position. Fig. 4-41 Note: Rotate the drive pulley to move the carriage. Drive pulley Fig. 4-42 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 15...
  • Page 162 Fig. 4-44 Remove 1 screw. Lift up the front side of the exposure lamp Exposure lamp and take off by sliding it. Fig. 4-45 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 16...

  • Page 163: Lamp Inverter Board (Inv-Exp)

    Fig. 4-47 4.3.8 Exposure lamp cooling fan-1 (M36) Take off the original glass. P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Move the carriage-1 to the right side. Fig. 4-48 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 17...

  • Page 164: Exposure Lamp Cooling Fan-2 (M37)

    Fig. 4-50 4.3.9 Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 (M37) Take off the original glass. P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Move the carriage-1 to the right side. Fig. 4-51 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 18...
  • Page 165 Remove 3 screws, and take off the Exposure lamp cooling fan-1. Note: When installing the fan, do not tighten the screw too much. Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 Fig. 4-54 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 19...

  • Page 166: Lens Unit

    Fig. 4-56 • Handle the unit with care. Do not touch the adjusted area and lens. (Hold the unit as the right figure.). Fig. 4-57 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 20...

  • Page 167: Scanning Section Control Pc Board (Slg)

    The wire should come out of the slot of the wire holder jig and be passed under the arm of it. Wire holder jig Wire holder jig Fig. 4-60 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 21...
  • Page 168 (B) after the wires are installed. Then push it to the end and fix it securely. Fig. 4-62 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 22...
  • Page 169 Idler pulley Wire pulley Hook Tension spring Fig. 4-63 [Rear] Carriage-2 Carriage wire Bracket for carriage-1 Hook Idler pulley Wire pulley Tension spring Fig. 4-64 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 23...
  • Page 170 The wire should come out of the slot of Wire holder jig the wire holder jig and be passed under the arm of it. Wire holder jig Fig. 4-67 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 24...

  • Page 171: Carriage Home Position Sensor (S6)

    Remove 3 screws and take off the scan motor with the whole bracket. Note: hen installing the scan motor, be sure to perform the belt tension adjustment. Screw Fig. 4-70 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 25...

  • Page 172: Scanner Unit Cooling Fan (M38)

    Pass the cable through cutout of the duct to install it in the equipment. Duct • When installing, do not let the harness be caught. Fig. 4-73 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 26...

  • Page 173: Platen Sensor (S53)

    Remove 1 clip to take off the actuator. Clip Fig. 4-75 Disconnect 1 connector and release 2 latches. Then take off the platen sensor. Platen sensor Fig. 4-76 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 27...

  • Page 174: Laser Optical Unit

    Fig. 4-78 Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 screws to take off the laser unit cooling fan. Laser unit cooling fan Fig. 4-79 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 28...

  • Page 175: Laser Optical Unit

    P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Loosen 2 laser unit setscrews. Fig. 4-81 Disconnect 2 connectors and pull out the laser unit. Laser optical unit Fig. 4-82 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 29...

  • Page 176: Laser Control Pc Board (Plg Board)

    4. Do not disassemble the laser optical unit in the field because it is precisely adjusted and very sensitive to dust and Slit glass stain. Fig. 4-85 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 30...

  • Page 177: Paper Feeding System

    If the drawer is not pulled out completely, when the paper feeder unit is taken off, the sensor may get damaged. Right lower cover Fig. 4-88 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 31...
  • Page 178 [ 1 ] Pickup roller, Feed roller and Separation roller Remove 1 clip to take off the pickup roller. Pickup roller Fig. 4-90 Remove 2 screws to take off the guide. Guide Fig. 4-91 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 32...
  • Page 179 [ 3 ] Tray-up sensor (S32/S38/S44/S50) Disconnect 1 connector. Pull the lever and take off the tray-up sensor Tray-up sensor while the pickup roller is lowered. Fig. 4-94 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 33...
  • Page 180 3. When fixing the clutch with the E-ring, be sure that the one side of the E-ring latch does not overlap the flat part of the shaft. Harness: Purple Feed clutch Fig. 4-97 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 34...
  • Page 181 Disconnect the connector and take off each drawer bottom sensor. Note: Equipment with the LCF does not have the 3rd and 4th drawer bottom sensors. Drawer bottom sensor Fig. 4-100 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 35...

  • Page 182: Intermediate Transport Unit

    Fig. 4-102 Remove 1 screw on the varistor. Removing 4 screws and 4 bushings to take Paper guide off the paper guide. Varistor Fig. 4-103 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 36...
  • Page 183 Remove the pin of the pulley by moving the shaft toward the motor. Then remove the pulley and bearing to take off the transport roller with its shaft. Pulley Bearing Fig. 4-106 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 37...
  • Page 184 Intermediate transport sensor pushed downward (the shield plate is pushed upward). Note: When installing the sensor, make sure the sensor arm moves properly. Sensor arm Fig. 4-108 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 38...

  • Page 185: Bypass Feed Unit

    3. Make sure there is no staining such as oil Metal on the surface of the timing belt, pulley bushing Pickup roller and roller. Fig. 4-111 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 39...
  • Page 186 Connector Screw Stay Screw Screw Connector Fig. 4-113 Disconnect the connector and take off the bypass feed sensor. Bypass feed sensor Stay Fig. 4-114 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 40...
  • Page 187 Spring Fig. 4-116 [ 4 ] Separation roller Remove 4 screws to take off the paper guide. Screw Paper guide Screw Screw Fig. 4-117 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 41...
  • Page 188 Remove 3 screws and release 4 latches to take off the bypass tray upper cover. Bypass tray upper cover Hook Latch Latch Screw Fig. 4-120 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 42...
  • Page 189 Separation roller direction. Install the feed roller for the one-way clutch to come to the rear side. Fig. 4-123 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 43...

  • Page 190: Feed Motor (M20)

    The spring which pushes open the cover is Coupling inside the tray driving unit, so be careful when you remove the cover. Spring Spring Fig. 4-126 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 44...

  • Page 191: Feed Driving Unit

    Release the harness from the clamp and remove 6 screws to take off the feed driving Screw Feed drive unit unit. Screw Screw Fig. 4-129 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 45...

  • Page 192: Registration Roller Unit

    Remove 1 screw and take off the plate spring. Paper guide Plate spring Fig. 4-131 Remove 1 clip and 2 springs. Clip Spring Fig. 4-132 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 46...
  • Page 193 Remove 1 screw and take off the sensor with the bracket. Registration sensor Disconnect 1 connector, release the latch and take off the sensor. Fig. 4-135 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 47...

  • Page 194: Paper Dust Removal Brush 2 (For The Metallic Registration Roller)

    Remove 3 screws and take off the flywheel. Remove 3 screws and take off the motor with the bracket. Remove 2 screws and take off the motor. Screw Screw Fig. 4-138 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 48...

  • Page 195: Tandem Lcf

    Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket. Standby side Disconnect 1 connector, release the latch mis-stacking sensor and take off the Standby side mis-stacking sensor. Fig. 4-140 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 49...
  • Page 196 (Be sure not to wire it on the side of the motor.) Filament tape Motor Motor Fig. 4-142 Release 2 gear latches and remove the gear. Gear Latch Fig. 4-143 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 50...
  • Page 197 Tandem LCF end fence solenoid Fig. 4-145 [ 4 ] Tandem LCF bottom sensor (S71) Remove 2 screws and take off the plates. Fig. 4-146 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 51...
  • Page 198 [ 5 ] End fence home position sensor (S73) / Standby side empty sensor (S74) / End fence stop position sensor (S75) Remove 1 screw and take off the plate cover. End fence Plate cover Fig. 4-149 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 52...
  • Page 199 P.9-6 "9.1.8 Switching regulator (PS)") Screw Disconnect 1 connector, remove 3 screws and take off the Tandem LCF tray-up motor. Tandem LCF tray-up motor Screw Fig. 4-151 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 53...

  • Page 200: Process Related Section

    Main charger grid Button Fig. 4-153 Take off 1 finger and then the front terminal cover. Terminal cover Latch Fig. 4-154 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 54...
  • Page 201 Charger wire Terminal Spring Fig. 4-156 Remove 1 screw and take off the cleaning pad. Screw Cleaning pad Fig. 4-157 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 55...

  • Page 202: Wire Cleaner Drive Unit / Wire Cleaner Drive Motor (M12)

    Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Wire cleaner drive motor Fig. 4-160 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 56...

  • Page 203: Discharge Led (Ers)

    LED from the guide. Note: Assemble the discharge LED so that all Discharge LED fingers of the guide are hooked. Lock pin Discharge LED Fig. 4-163 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 57...

  • Page 204: Drum Surface Potential Sensor (S13)

    (board section). Note: The drum surface potential sensor consists of the detection section and the board section as a set. Locking support Locking support Fig. 4-166 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 58...

  • Page 205: Temperature/Humidity Sensor (S7)

    Remove 2 screws and take off the exit section cooling fan from the bracket. Exit section cooling fan Fig. 4-169 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 59...

  • Page 206: Ozone Filter

    Remove 1 screw on the left face of the rear cover and pull out the ozone filter. Ozone filter Remove the ozone filter from the case. Fig. 4-170 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 60...

  • Page 207: Drum/Cleaner Unit

    Fig. 4-172 Turn the cam to release the pressure of the cleaning blade. Remove 3 screws to take off the drum shaft. Drum shaft Fig. 4-173 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 61...
  • Page 208 Be sure to install the drum shaft and cleaner frame without a gap. • No foreign matter must be attached on the cleaner stay. Cleaner stay Gap plate No gap Fig. 4-176 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 62...

  • Page 209: Cleaning Blade

    Do not touch the edge of the cleaning blade. Fig. 4-178 4.7.4 Recovery blade Take off the cleaning blade. P.4-63 "4.7.3 Cleaning blade") Separate the recovery blade gently. Recovery blade Fig. 4-179 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 63...

  • Page 210: Cleaning Brush

    Take off the cleaner unit. P.4-61 "4.7.1 Cleaner unit") Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 screws to take off the image quality sensor. Image quality sensor Fig. 4-182 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 64...

  • Page 211: Drum Separation Finger

    Remove 2 screws to take off the plate on the rear side. Screw Plate Fig. 4-184 Remove the E-ring to take off the cam. E-ring Fig. 4-185 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 65...
  • Page 212 3. Be sure to install the separation finger in the correct position because the shape of the separation finger in the middle and on the outer side is different. Fig. 4-188 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 66...

  • Page 213: Drum Motor (M11) / Motor Driving Pc Board (Mot)

    Cleaning brush drive motor (M13) / Drum separation finger solenoid (SOL1) Take off the exhaust duct. P.4-59 "4.6.6 Exhaust duct") Remove 1 screw and take off the stay. Stay Fig. 4-191 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 67...
  • Page 214 Note: Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Screw Screw Fig. 4-193 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 68...

  • Page 215: Toner Cartridge Drive Unit

    Top cover Screw with the bracket. Remove 2 screws to take off the toner cartridge switch. Screw Toner cartridge detection switch Fig. 4-196 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 69...

  • Page 216: New Toner Supply Motor (M5)

    Toner cartridge empty sensor Fig. 4-198 4.8.5 New toner transport motor (M6) Remove 3 screws to take off the top cover. Top cover Screw Screw Fig. 4-199 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 70...
  • Page 217 Disconnect 1 connector to release the harness from the clamp. Connector Remove 2 screws to take off the motor with bracket. Bracket Gear Fig. 4-202 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 71...

  • Page 218: Toner Recycle Unit

    Vibration could cause stains on the image after assembling, especially when the Fig. 4-205 remaining toner amount in the cartridge is small. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 72...

  • Page 219: Recycle Toner Transport Motor (M8) And Hopper Motor (M7)

    4.8.9 Developer material Take off the developer unit. P.4-73 "4.8.8 Developer unit") Remove 2 screws to take off the top cover. Top cover Fig. 4-208 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 73...
  • Page 220 Urethane seal ( inside ) Urethane seal Fig. 4-211 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 74...

  • Page 221: Doctor Blade

    P.4-73 "4.8.9 Developer material") Release the harness from the clamp and pull Auto-toner sensor out the harness. Remove 2 screws to take off the auto-toner sensor. Fig. 4-214 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 75...

  • Page 222: Guide Roller On The Front Side

    Remove 1 E-ring, 1 spring and then the E-ring bushing. Remove 4 screws, the rear side frame and then disconnect the bias connector. Bushing Screw E-ring Screw Spring Gear Fig. 4-217 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 76...

  • Page 223: Scattered Toner Recovery Roller / Developer Sleeves (Magnetic Roller)

    Take off the toner recovery roller. Remove 2 screws of the developer sleeve Developer sleeve holder Screw holder on the front side. Scattered toner recovery roller Fig. 4-220 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 77...
  • Page 224 Remove 4 E-rings and then 2 gears. Pole position fixing bushing Fig. 4-222 (10) Remove the developer sleeve holder on the front and rear side. Developer sleeve holder Gear Fig. 4-223 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 78...

  • Page 225: Transport Sleeve

    Replace 1 oil seal pressed into the front side of the frame, if necessary. * Procedure for replacing an oil seal: P.4-82 "4.8.18 Procedure for replacing an oil seal") Transport sleeve Fig. 4-226 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 79...

  • Page 226: Mixer

    4.8.17 Paddle Take off the mixer. P.4-80 "4.8.16 Mixer") Gear Remove 1 E-ring, the gear and parallel pin on the rear side. E-ring Fig. 4-229 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 80...
  • Page 227 Take out the paddle. * Procedure for replacing an oil seal: P.4-82 "4.8.18 Procedure for replacing an oil seal") Paddle Paddle bushing Fig. 4-231 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 81...

  • Page 228: Procedure For Replacing An Oil Seal

    Remove 2 screws to take off the motor from the bracket. Screw Screw Fig. 4-233 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 82...

  • Page 229: Developer Unit Detection Switch (Sw3)

    Pull out the toner filter. Remove 2 screws to pull out the filter duct. Disconnect 1 connector of the fan. Toner filter Filter duct Fig. 4-236 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 83...

  • Page 230: Toner Bag Full Detection Sensor (S11)

    Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Used toner transport motor Fig. 4-239 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 84...

  • Page 231: Transfer Unit

    Remove 4 screws. Slide the transfer unit to the rear side and Connector raise the front side to take it off. Screw Screw Fig. 4-242 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 85...

  • Page 232: Transfer Belt

    Take off the transfer unit. P.4-85 "4.9.1 Transfer unit") Transfer belt unit Turn the transfer belt unit 90º and pull it out upward. Transfer unit Fig. 4-245 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 86...

  • Page 233: Cleaning Brush

    Remove 1 screw and then the plate spring. Slide the transport guide to the rear side to Fig. 4-248 pull it out upward. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 87...

  • Page 234: Cleaning Blade

    2. Be careful not to touch, scratch or damage the blade. 3. After installing the blade, be sure that the seals on both sides are not damaged. Cleaning blade Fig. 4-251 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 88...

  • Page 235: Transfer/Transport Unit

    Fig. 4-253 Hold A (shaft) or B (stay) with your left hand. Hold the slide rail on the right with your right hand. Fig. 4-254 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 89...
  • Page 236 (14) Fix the transfer/transport unit with 2 stepped screws. (15) Assemble it in the reverse order of the disassembling procedure. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 90...

  • Page 237: Horizontal Transport Sensor-1, -2 And -3 (S19, S20, S21)

    Take off the transfer/transport unit. P.4-89 "4.9.5 Transfer/Transport unit") Bracket Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 1 E-ring and 3 screws to take off the bracket. Screw Screw E-ring Fig. 4-259 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 91...

  • Page 238: Transfer Belt Drive Motor Unit / Transfer Belt Motor (M14)

    Remove 2 screws to take off the transfer belt motor. Note: When installing the motor, fix it by rotating it counterclockwise. Screw Spring Fig. 4-262 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 92...

  • Page 239: Transfer Belt Contact/Release Cam Driving Unit

    Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Transfer belt cam motor Fig. 4-265 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 93...

  • Page 240: Fuser Unit

    ( 5 ) Harness clamp Harness Harness ( 7 ) Shaft ( 6 ) Web motor Harness clamp Connector Connector Fuser unit cover (front) Fig. 4-266 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 94...

  • Page 241: Heater Control Pc Board (Ih Board)

    Black checking. Especially do not touch the ( Without tag ) IGBT IGBT when the power is ON since it is generating high-voltage. Fig. 4-269 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 95...

  • Page 242: Fuser Unit

    IH coil. Screw IH cover-2 Disconnect 4 connectors. Screw Remove 2 screws and open the IH cover-2 to the front side. Screw Connector Connector Fig. 4-272 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 96...

  • Page 243: Cleaning Web Unit / Cleaning Web

    Remove 1 E-ring, 1 bushing, 1 E-ring, 2 E-ring Cleaning web gears, 1 pin, and 1 bushing in order from the shaft. E-ring E-ring Fig. 4-275 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 97...
  • Page 244 2. Be sure that the web pushing roller rolls only in the direction of the arrow in the figure. Web pushing roller Mark side Washer Fig. 4-277 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 98...
  • Page 245 Fig. 4-278 2. The remaining portion of the cleaning web can be checked from the small square hole of the fuser unit. Full Fig. 4-279 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 99...

  • Page 246: Ih Coil

    Take off the cleaning web unit. P.4-97 "4.10.3 Cleaning web unit / Cleaning web") Remove 2 screws to take off the fuser unit cover (front). Screw Screw Fig. 4-280 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 100...

  • Page 247: Upper Separation Finger Unit / Upper Separation Finger

    Remove 2 stepped screws. Then take off the upper separation finger unit and a crank bracket by sliding them to the rear side. Crank plate Fig. 4-283 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 101...

  • Page 248: Lower Separation Finger Unit / Lower Separation Finger

    P.4-96 "4.10.2 Fuser unit") Pressure screw Take off the cleaning web unit. P.4-97 "4.10.3 Cleaning web unit / Cleaning web") Loosen 2 pressure screws completely. Fig. 4-286 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 102...
  • Page 249 2.0-2.5 mm. 3. When installing, make sure that the thermistor is in touch with the fuser roller. Thermostat Heat roller Fig. 4-289 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 103...

  • Page 250: Fuser Roller

    Fig. 4-291 Remove 2 screws, release 2 harness clamp and take off the bracket with releasing the Screw catching section. Bracket Harness clamp Screw Fig. 4-292 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 104...
  • Page 251 (11) Remove 2 screws and take off the bearing (rear). E-ring Screw Gear, One-way clutch Fig. 4-294 (12) Remove 1 C-ring (front). C-ring ( front ) Fig. 4-295 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 105...

  • Page 252: Pressure Roller

    Release the latch of the sensor to take off the web detection sensor. Screw Fig. 4-298 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 106...

  • Page 253: Web Motor (M4) / Fuser Transport Sensor (S9)

    Note: Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Web motor Fig. 4-301 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 107...

  • Page 254: Pressure Roller Thermistor (Thm4)

    2. Be sure that the thermistor is contacting Fig. 4-303 with the pressure roller when it has been installed. 3. When installing, be careful not to deform the thermistor. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 108...

  • Page 255: Exit/Reverse Unit

    Disconnect 1 connector, remove 2 screws and then take off the reverse section cooling fan-2. Reverse section cooling fan-2 Fig. 4-306 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 109...

  • Page 256: Exit Sensor [S22]

    Disconnect 1 connector, remove 2 screws and then take off the reverse sensor-1. Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and then take off the reverse sensor-2. Reverse sensor-2 Fig. 4-309 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 110...

  • Page 257: Exit Cover Switch [Sw5]

    However, the position of the solenoid can be adjusted by moving this screw to the position B when the flap valve of the solenoid is not pulled enough. Fig. 4-312 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 111...

  • Page 258: Exit Roller

    Fig. 4-314 Release 4 locking supports to take off the MOT2-RV board. Reverse motor driving PC board Fig. 4-315 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 112...

  • Page 259: Reverse Motor [M19]

    Remove 2 E-rings and 2 bearings to take off Reverse roller-2 Reverse roller-1 the reverse roller-1. Remove 2 E-rings and 2 bearings to take off the reverse roller-2. Bearing Bearing Fig. 4-318 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 113...

  • Page 260: Exit Motor [M18]

    2 O-rings to the grooves of the exit roller. Note: O-ring: Refer to the parts list for the parts number and so on. O-ring Fig. 4-321 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 114...

  • Page 261: Radf

    P.4-2 "4.1.3 Top right cover", P.4-5 "4.1.13 Rear cover") Disconnect the connector. Fig. 4-322 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-323 Open the RADF and remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-324 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 115...

  • Page 262: Radf Front Cover

    4.12.2 RADF front cover Open the original jam access cover and remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-326 Open the RADF and remove 4 screws. Fig. 4-327 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 116...

  • Page 263: Radf Rear Cover

    Lift up the original tray and take off the RADF rear cover. Note: There is a Mylar attached to the hinge to prevent your fingers from being caught. Treat it carefully. Fig. 4-330 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 117...

  • Page 264: Original Jam Access Cover

    Remove 1 clip and then the dial and pin. Fig. 4-331 Remove 2 screws and the hinge pin. Fig. 4-332 Slide the original jam access cover to take it off. Fig. 4-333 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 118...

  • Page 265: Radf Left Cover

    P.4-125 "4.12.12 Paper feeder unit") Disconnect 1 connector from the RADF board. LED3 Fig. 4-335 Remove 1 screw and take off the bushing. Fig. 4-336 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 119...

  • Page 266: Original Reverse Tray

    2. When installing the platen sheet unit, be sure to perform the platen sheet adjustment. P.6-83 "6.14.9 Platen Sheet") Fig. 4-339 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 120...

  • Page 267: Radf Exit Tray

    Take off the platen sheet unit. P.4-120 "4.12.8 Platen sheet unit") Remove 5 screws. Fig. 4-340 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-341 Take off the RADF exit tray. Fig. 4-342 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 121...

  • Page 268: Reading Start Guide Unit

    Remove 2 screws. Disconnect 2 connectors. Fig. 4-343 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-344 Remove 2 screws and take off the reading Reading start guide unit start guide unit. Fig. 4-345 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 122...

  • Page 269: Exit Guide / Exit/Reverse Guide / Reading End Guide

    Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 1 clip and Guide bushing take off the rear side guide bushing. Connector Clip Fig. 4-347 Remove 1 screw and take off the leaf spring. Fig. 4-348 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 123...
  • Page 270 (11) Remove 1 E-ring, 1 pulley, 1 pin, 1 timing Bracket belt, 1 guide bushing and the bracket. Guide bushing Timing belt Pulley E-ring Fig. 4-352 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 124...

  • Page 271: Paper Feeder Unit

    Open the original jam access cover. Then remove 2 screws and take off the arm unit on the front side. Fig. 4-354 Remove 1 clip and slide the bushing. Fig. 4-355 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 125...

  • Page 272: Pickup Roller

    Fig. 4-357 Note: Make sure you assemble the pickup roller with the one-way clutch in the correct direction. Lock Lock Fig. 4-358 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 126...

  • Page 273: Feed Roller

    Pull out the shaft and take off the feed roller. Fig. 4-360 Note: Make sure you assemble the pickup roller with the one-way clutch in the correct direction. Lock Lock Fig. 4-361 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 127...

  • Page 274: Separation Roller

    RADF with double-faced adhesive tape. Fig. 4-363 Remove 1 E-ring and 1 bushing and then take off the separation roller. Fig. 4-364 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 128...

  • Page 275: Original Registration Roller

    Fig. 4-365 Remove 1 clip, 1 pulley and 1 bushing. Bushing Pulley Clip Fig. 4-366 Remove 1 clip and 1 bushing. Bushing Clip Fig. 4-367 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 129...

  • Page 276: Intermediate Transport Roller

    4.12.17 Intermediate transport roller Take off the reading start guide unit. P.4-122 "4.12.10 Reading start guide unit") Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-369 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-370 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 130...

  • Page 277: Reading Start Roller

    P.4-122 "4.12.10 Reading start guide unit") Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-372 Remove 1 screw. Remove 1 timing belt, 1 pulley and 1 bearing. Bearing Pulley Fig. 4-373 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 131...
  • Page 278 Fig. 4-375 Take off the reading start roller. Note: When installing the reading start roller, refix the loosened screw and tighten the belt tension. Fig. 4-376 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 132...

  • Page 279: Reading End Roller

    Clip Fig. 4-377 Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-378 Remove 1 screw, 1 pulley, 1 bearing and 1 timing belt. Timing belt Bearing Pulley Fig. 4-379 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 133...

  • Page 280: Exit Roller

    P.4-123 "4.12.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide") Remove 2 screws and take off the guide. Fig. 4-381 Take off the exit roller. Fig. 4-382 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 134...

  • Page 281: Exit/Reverse Roller

    Remove 1 E-ring, 1 pulley, 1 pin and 1 bushing. Bushing Pulley E-ring Fig. 4-384 Take off the exit/reverse roller, remove 1 E- Bushing ring and 1 bushing. E-ring Fig. 4-385 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 135...

  • Page 282: Exit Intermediate Roller

    Bushing Pulley E-ring Fig. 4-387 Remove 1 E-ring and 1 bushing and take off the exit intermediate roller. Bushing Exit intermediate roller E-ring Fig. 4-388 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 136...

  • Page 283: Reverse Roller

    Take off the original feed motor bracket with Bushing the motor. P.4-139 "4.12.25 Original feed motor bracket") Remove 1 clip, 1 pulley, 1 pin and 1 bushing. Pulley Clip Fig. 4-391 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 137...
  • Page 284 Remove 1clip and 1 bushing. Bushing Clip Fig. 4-392 Remove the reverse roller. Fig. 4-393 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 138...

  • Page 285: Original Feed Motor (Mr1)

    Connector Fig. 4-395 4.12.25 Original feed motor bracket Take off the RADF rear cover. P.4-117 "4.12.3 RADF rear cover") Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-396 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 139...

  • Page 286: Read Motor (Mr2)

    Connector Fig. 4-398 4.12.26 Read motor (MR2) Take off the RADF rear cover. P.4-117 "4.12.3 RADF rear cover") Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-399 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 140...

  • Page 287: Read Motor Bracket

    Remove 3 screws and take off the read motor bracket with the motor. Note: When installing the read motor bracket, refix the loosened screw and tighten the belt tension. Connector Fig. 4-402 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 141...

  • Page 288: Original Reverse Motor (Mr3)

    Take off the RADF rear cover. P.4-117 "4.12.3 RADF rear cover") Disconnect 1 connector [1]. Remove 1 spring [2]. Loosen 2 screws [3]. Fig. 4-405 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 142...
  • Page 289 3. Install spring [2]. 4. Loosen 2 screws [1], check that the belt is made tense with the spring and then tighten them. Fig. 4-408 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 143...

  • Page 290: Radf Cooling Fan (Fr1)

    Remove 2 screws and take off the RADF cooling fan with the bracket. Connector Fig. 4-409 Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket from the RADF cooling fan. Fig. 4-410 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 144...

  • Page 291: Original Pickup Solenoid (Solr1)

    When installing the solenoid, check if it is aligned with the position indicated in the figure. (The scale is longer in the center.). Fig. 4-413 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 145...

  • Page 292: Original Reverse Solenoid (Solr2)

    Fig. 4-415 Note: Before taking off the solenoid, read the scale. When reinstalling, align it with the corresponding position on the scale. Fig. 4-416 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 146...

  • Page 293: Original Exit Solenoid (Solr3)

    Fig. 4-418 Note: Before taking off the solenoid, read the scale. When reinstalling, align it with the corresponding position on the scale. Fig. 4-419 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 147...

  • Page 294: Original Jam Access Cover Opening/Closing Switch (Swr1)

    Fig. 4-421 4.12.35 RADF opening/closing switch (SWR2) Take off the RADF board bracket. P.4-160 "4.12.54 RADF board bracket") Disconnect 3 connectors. Fig. 4-422 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 148...
  • Page 295 Fig. 4-424 Note: Be sure to install the switch so that the arm comes to the upper side of the switch. Fig. 4-425 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 149...

  • Page 296: Radf Opening/Closing Sensor (Sr15)

    Remove 4 screws and take off the sensor bracket. Fig. 4-427 Disconnect 1 connector. Release 2 latches and take off the original empty sensor. Original empty sensor Fig. 4-428 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 150...

  • Page 297: Original Jam Access Cover Opening/Closing Sensor (Sr13)

    Fig. 4-430 4.12.39 Feeder lower guide unit Take off the original tray. P.4-119 "4.12.6 Original tray") Take off the guide. Fig. 4-431 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 151...

  • Page 298: Original Width Detection Sensor-3 (Sr8)

    P.4-151 "4.12.39 Feeder lower guide Original width detection sensor-2 unit") Disconnect 1 connector. Lift the actuator, release 2 latches and take off the original width detection sensor-2. Fig. 4-434 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 152...

  • Page 299: Original Width Detection Sensor-1 (Sr6)

    P.4-123 "4.12.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide") Remove 2 screws and take off the 2 leaf springs. Fig. 4-437 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 153...

  • Page 300: Original Tray Sensor (Sr1)

    Take off the original reverse tray. P.4-120 "4.12.7 Original reverse tray") Remove 2 screws and release 8 latches to take off the original side guide unit. Fig. 4-440 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 154...

  • Page 301: Original Tray Width Sensor (Sr2)

    Take off the original reverse tray. P.4-120 "4.12.7 Original reverse tray") Remove 2 screws and release 8 latches to take off the original side guide unit. Fig. 4-443 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 155...

  • Page 302: Original Exit/Reverse Sensor (Sr11)

    Remove 1 screw and take off the locking lever on the rear side. Remove 1 spring and take off the locking bracket. Locking Bracket Locking lever Fig. 4-446 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 156...

  • Page 303: Original Reverse Unit Opening/Closing Sensor (Sr14)

    P.4-123 "4.12.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide") Disconnect 1 connector. Release 2 latches and take off the original reverse unit opening/ closing sensor. Fig. 4-449 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 157...

  • Page 304: Original Reading End Sensor (Sr4)

    Take off the reading start guide unit. P.4-122 "4.12.10 Reading start guide unit") Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 1 screw and take off the sensor bracket. Fig. 4-452 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 158...

  • Page 305: Original Reading Start Sensor (Prism)

    When replacing the original reading start sensor, be sure to perform the original reading start sensor adjustment. P.6-80 "6.14.8 Original reading start sensor adjustment") Fig. 4-455 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 159...

  • Page 306: Radf Board (Radf)

    Fig. 4-457 4.12.54 RADF board bracket Take off the RADF rear cover. P.4-117 "4.12.3 RADF rear cover") LED3 Disconnect 11 connectors. Fig. 4-458 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 160...

  • Page 307: Harness Guide

    Take off the RADF rear cover. P.4-117 "4.12.3 RADF rear cover") Remove the harnesses from the harness guide. Remove 3 screws and take off the harness guide. Fig. 4-460 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 161...

  • Page 308: Removal And Installation Of Options

    Turn the power OFF using the main power switch of the equipment. Unplug the power cable. Press the button to separate the Large Capacity Feeder (LCF) from the equipment. Fig. 4-463 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 162...
  • Page 309 Interface cable Fig. 4-465 Remove 2 fixing screws on the rear side. Screw Fig. 4-466 Remove 2 fixing screws on the front side. Screw Fig. 4-467 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 163...
  • Page 310 Lift the Large Capacity Feeder (LCF) and take it off from the slide rail. Note: Be careful when lifting the Large Capacity Feeder (LCF) because it is heavy. Fig. 4-468 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 164...

  • Page 311: Self-Diagnostic Mode

    [POWER] OFF/ON [8]+[9]+ Performs firmware update with download jig. [POWER] [POWER] OFF/ON Password [4]+[8]+[9]+ Resets the administrator password and service [POWER] reset mode [POWER] password. OFF/ON © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 1...
  • Page 312 *2 Mode shown in the table "[C] List of modes" [E] About each mode • Control panel check mode (01): <Operation procedure> [POWER] OFF/ON [0][1] LED lit/ (Exit) [START] (Button check) [POWER] LCD blinking [START] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 2...
  • Page 313 [START] [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] 1: Auto-toner adjustment (Operation started) (Exit) 2: PM Support Screen • Firmware update mode (49 or 89): Refer to “11. FIRMWARE UPDATING”. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 3...

  • Page 314: Service Ui

    Enter the user name and password on the SERVICE TECHNICIAN PASSWORD screen, then press [OK]. They are set by default as follows: * User Name: Service / Password: None e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 4...
  • Page 315 Note that the user data are deleted at that time. Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. Enter the password for Service UI on the USER FUNCTIONS screen. The SERVICE MODE screen is displayed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 5...

  • Page 316: Service Mode] Screen

    Press the [SETTINGS] button on the SERVICE MODE screen to display the SETTINGS screen. Fig. 5-4 Press the [SERVICE PASSWORD] button to change the service password, or [RESET ADMIN PASSWORD] to reset the administrator password. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 6...

  • Page 317: Input Check (Test Mode 03)

    Fig. 5-5 Example of display during input check Refer to "Appendix" in this manual for the items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...

  • Page 318: Output Check (Test Mode 03)

    [POWER] (Exit) Procedure 4 [0][3] [POWER] OFF [START] (Code) [POWER] Refer to "Appendix" in this manual for the codes available in the test mode 03. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 8...

  • Page 319: Test Print Mode (Test Mode 04)

    During test printing, the [C] button is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed. * Refer to "Appendix" in this manual for the codes available in the test print mode. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...

  • Page 320: Adjustment Mode (05)

    Automatic [0][5] [START] ([FAX] ) (Exit) (Code) adjustment [POWER] *[CANCEL] or [CLEAR] [START] (Test copy) * When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, error message is displayed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 10...
  • Page 321 In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...

  • Page 322: Test Print Pattern In Adjustment Mode (05)

    Leading edge position adjustment 04-142 (OHP For OHP films film mode) Grid pattern – 1 (Black / Thick paper 1) For Thick paper 1(same as 04-113, THICK1) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 12...

  • Page 323: Setting Mode (08)

    Procedure 5 [CANCEL] [OK] [0][8] [Digital key] [Digital key] [POWER] OFF/ON [START] [POWER] (Code) (Exit) Sets or [INTERRUPT] changes value (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 13...
  • Page 324 Procedure 14 [CANCEL] [OK] [0][8] [Digital key] [Digital key] [POWER] [START] [START] [POWER] (Code) (Sub-code) OFF/ON [INTERRUPT] (Exit) Adjustment value [CLEAR] cannot be changed (Corrects value) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 14...

  • Page 325: Assist Mode (3C)

    • Do not perform this function in cases other than the installation of a new SRAM because all data in the SRAM will be deleted with this function. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 15...
  • Page 326 It overwrites all the used areas on the SRAM board with the selected data, and makes it unusable. Immediately after selecting this function, the processing starts and is completed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 16...
  • Page 327 When the HDD is replaced, the service tech password stored in the new one is set as a blank. Therefore, its password is copied to the SRAM board so that both passwords become the same with this function. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...

  • Page 328: Operating Procedure

    6. Erase HDD Securely 7. Erase SRAM Securely 8. Clear Service Tech Password Fig. 5-6 Select the item with the digital keys and press the [START] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 18...

  • Page 329: Hdd Assist Mode (4C)

    : 4c Mode Select number (1-2) and press START key 1. Revert factory initial status HDD 2. Remove key Fig. 5-7 • When a normal HDD is mounted © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 19...

  • Page 330: Functions

    Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig. 5-9 5.10.3 Functions [A] 1. Revert factory initial status HDD Select this to dispose of the HDD as well as the equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 20...
  • Page 331 Select this to reuse the HDD as well as the equipment. When this item is selected, all data in the HDD except program data are deleted. This operation requires approx. 20 minutes since the partition must be rebuilt. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 332 Data in the HDD has been erased. Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig. 5-13 Note: After this operation, the equipment becomes reusable without reinstalling the firmware. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 22...

  • Page 333: File System Recovery Mode (5C)

    6. DISK Info Fig. 5-14 Remark: When the mode is started, "1. Check F/S" is selected by default. (">" is displayed on the left of the selected number.) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 23...

  • Page 334: Functions

    2: Recovers root partition only. • 3-7: Recovers each partition shown above. Remark: More than one partition can be selected. (">" is displayed on the left of the selected number.) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 24...
  • Page 335 • If [3. User Data] is selected, all documents stored by users (e.g. scan data) are deleted. Back up such data before initializing if necessary. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 25...
  • Page 336 Note: The values of NAV and Worst should be treated as a rough reference since their basis may differ depending on the specification of HDD manufacturers. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 26...
  • Page 337 0.7% /encryption --- encrypted partition --- Fig. 5-20 Remark: The disk information of a partition indicated as "Encrypted Partition" is not displayed as it is encrypted. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 27...

  • Page 338: Sram Clear Mode (6C)

    System Firmware Version : xxxx(x.x.x.x) Update Mode : 6c Mode 0. Set Serial Number 1. Clear SRAM 2. Reset Date and Time 3. SRAM Re-Initialize Support Fig. 5-22 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 28...

  • Page 339: Functions

    2037 or when the actual end of the year 2037 has come. • After selecting this, start the equipment in the normal mode to reset the date and time. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 340 After updating with a download jig and clearing the SRAM data, select this item. • After clearing the SRAM data, initialize SRAM following its replacement procedure. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 30...

  • Page 341: List Print Mode(9S)

    • The buttons on the control panel keep blinking while data are being stored in the USB media. Do not disconnect the USB media while data are being stored. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 342 205: PIXEL_SERVICE_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 206: ERROR_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 208: FW_UPGRADE_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 210: POWER_ONOFF_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 211: VERSION_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 212: ENG_FW_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 214: TOTAL_COUNTER_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 32...

  • Page 343: Total Counter

    (Maximum 200 items) (Maximum 200 items) Power ON/OFF log (Maximum 100 items) (Maximum 100 items) Version list Engine FW log Total counter list All CSV files © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 33...
  • Page 344 The selected adjustment codes and the current adjustment value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the adjustment code (05): P.5-10 "5.6 Adjustment mode (05)" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 34...
  • Page 345 The selected setting codes and the current setting value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the setting code (08): P.5-13 "5.8 Setting mode (08)" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 346 PM units. Use this list for confirming the PM units to be replaced at each PM. See the following page for PM: Refer to P.7-1 "7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 36...
  • Page 347 0.39 Fig. 5-27 Pixel counter data (toner cartridge reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter: P.5-46 "5.14 Pixel counter" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 37...
  • Page 348 2.34 Fig. 5-28 Pixel counter data (service call reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter: P.5-46 "5.14 Pixel counter" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 38...

  • Page 349: Error History

    0000_0000_0000_0_0000000000 Fig. 5-29 The error history is output. See the following page for the parameters for each error: Refer to P.8-167 "8.3.16 Error in Printer Function". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 39...
  • Page 350 Printer counter data (black) when the ROM was downloaded LIST List print counter data when the ROM was downloaded Fax print counter data when the ROM was downloaded e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 40...
  • Page 351 Whether the power was turned ON or OFF, or if it was turned ON or OFF with a remote reset function TOTAL Total counter data when the power was turned OFF and then back ON © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 41...
  • Page 352 Some of the characters in the fonts that are used to print the version list are not supported. As a result, the language names under LANGUAGE VERSION may not be printed correctly when printing the version list. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 42...
  • Page 353 The conditions of the error logs produced in a USB media are as shown below. LOG folders yyyymmddhhmm_ss_xxxx (Date and time in which the error occurred + error code) logdump.txt i.txt © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 43...
  • Page 354 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 Fig. 5-33 The log of engine firmware is output. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 44...
  • Page 355 TOTAL SMALL 1402 1402 LARGE TOTAL 1466 1466 LIST BLACK TOTAL SMALL LARGE TOTAL SCAN COUNTER TOTAL Fig. 5-34 The list of total counter is output. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 45...

  • Page 356: Pixel Counter

    Manual Manual Manual TEXT PHOTO density density density density density density /PHOTO Center Original mode Density setting Fig. 5-35 Factors affecting toner consumption and the tendency e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 46...
  • Page 357 “1.49” is added to the print count when printing on B4 size. (area ratio to A4: 149%) “1.27” is added to the print count when printing on LG size. (area ratio to LT: 127%) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03)
  • Page 358 See after-mentioned “5)-Display in the setting mode (08)” for details. : With data ⎯: Without data Toner cartridge reference Service technician reference Copier function Printer function FAX function Total Table 2-201 Type of calculated data e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 48...
  • Page 359 The relation between pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge is as follows: Standard number of output pages X/10 6% 12% Pixel count (%) Fig. 5-36 Pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 49...
  • Page 360 ON. The following screen is displayed when the toner cartridge reference is selected in the setting mode (08-6505). Fig. 5-37 Information screen of toner cartridge reference e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 50...
  • Page 361 The following screen is displayed when the service technician reference is selected in the setting mode (08-6505). Fig. 5-38 Information screen of service technician reference e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 51...
  • Page 362 20040711 Average Pixel Count [%] 12345 23456 12345 45678 Latest Pixel Count [%] 20040711 12345 23456 12345 45678 Fig. 5-40 Data list of service technician reference e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 52...
  • Page 363 3: 15.1 - 20% 4: 20.1 - 25% 5: 25.1 - 30% 6: 30.1 - 40% 7: 40.1 - 60% 8: 60.1- 80% 9: 80.1 - 100% e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 53...
  • Page 364 The date (08-6502 was performed) is stored. Toner cartridge reference cleared date The toner cartridge reference cleared date is displayed.(08-6514) The date (08-6503 was performed) is stored. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 54...

  • Page 365: Adjustment

    Item to be adjusted Code in mode 05 6.4.1 Automatic gamma adjustment 7165 Adjust the image quality if necessary. (Chapter 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7) Fig. 6-1 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 1...

  • Page 366: Adjustment Of Auto-Toner Sensor

    After about two minutes and 30 seconds, the value B automatically starts changing. 230% 2000 TEST MODE WAIT Fig. 6-4 After a short time, the value B becomes stable and the display changes as follows. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 2...
  • Page 367 75.0 to 100 2.78 Key in code [2120] and press the [START] button. When the message "WAIT" goes off, turn the power OFF by shutdown. Install the toner cartridge. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 3...

  • Page 368: Image Dimensional Adjustment

    (d) Reproduction ratio of secondary scanning 3032 direction (e) Image location of secondary scanning direction 3031 (f) Top margin 4050 (g) Right margin 4052 (h) Bottom margin 4053 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 4...
  • Page 369 If the test copy does not satisfy the specified values, 100% return to step 1 and COPYING repeat the adjustment procedure. Power OFF/ON : Exit the Adjustment Mode. Fig. 6-7 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 5...

  • Page 370: Paper Alignment At The Registration Roller

    Paper alignment at the registration roller can be adjusted in the following procedure by performing the code 05-4579. Select the drawer. Fig. 6-8 Select the paper size. Fig. 6-9 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 6...
  • Page 371 As for the codes shown in the table below, the paper alignment at the registration roller can be adjusted by a direct entry with the digital keys. (For codes not shown in this table, perform the adjustment with the touch panel.) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 372 Mylar sheet as it is transported by the registration roller. If this scraping noise is annoying, try to decrease the value. Fig. 6-12 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 8...
  • Page 373 * As a tentative countermeasure, the service life of the feed roller can be extended by increasing the aligning amount. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 9...

  • Page 374: Printer Related Adjustment

    52 ± 0.5mm Refer to “[D] Secondary scanning data laser writing start position” 52 ± 0.5mm Refer to “[E] Primary scanning data laser writing start position at duplexing” e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 10...
  • Page 375 [C] Reproduction ratio of secondary scanning direction (Fine adjustment of transfer belt motor rotation speed (Copier/Printer)) <Procedure> While pressing [0] and [5] simultaneously, turn the power ON. (Adjustment mode) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 11...
  • Page 376 Tandem LCF 05-4561 0 to 40 05-4063 0 to 40 Bypass feed 05-4061 0 to 40 Duplexing 05-4062 0 to 40 Paper fed from the 2nd drawer e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 12...
  • Page 377 * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (0.05 mm/step). [E-2] Adjustment for short-sized paper <Procedure> While pressing [0] and [5] simultaneously, turn the power ON. (Adjustment Mode) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 13...
  • Page 378 When the setting value for the code 05-4019-0 has been changed, check the laser writing start position with A4-R/LT-R paper, and then set the value for the 05-4019-2 again if required. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 14...
  • Page 379 05-4560 (4th drawer * JPC model only), 05-4063(LCF), 05-4061 (Bypass feed), 05-4062 (Duplexing) 05-4019-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD), 52±0.5 mm (0.05 mm/step) 05-4019-1 (1st drawer/Tandem LCF, A4/ 05-4019-2 (A4-R/LT-R) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 15...

  • Page 380: Scanner Related Adjustment

    Loosen the mirror-3 adjustment screw (CCW). • Step 2 In case of C: Tighten the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CW). In case of D: Loosen the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CCW). Fig. 6-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 16...
  • Page 381 * The larger the adjustment value is, the higher the reproduction ratio and the longer the distance A become. (e-STUDIO556/656: 0.3 mm/step, e-STUDIO756/856: 0.1 mm/step) Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-17 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 17...
  • Page 382 * The smaller the adjustment value is, the more the image is shifted to the left and the distance B becomes narrower (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-18 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 18...
  • Page 383 (“100% A” is displayed.) * The smaller the adjustment value is, the lower the reproduction ratio becomes (0.05 mm/ step). Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-19 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 19...
  • Page 384 * The larger the adjustment value is, the more the image is shifted to the trailing edge (0.143 mm/step). Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 20...
  • Page 385 Press the [OK] or the [INTERRUPT] button (stored in memory). (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/ step). Feeding direction Fig. 6-21 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 21...
  • Page 386 (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the right side becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig. 6-22 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 22...
  • Page 387 (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the trailing edge becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig. 6-23 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 23...

  • Page 388: Image Quality Adjustment (Copying Function)

    Then, check if the patch chart on the original glass is placed in the wrong direction or if it is placed inclined on the original glass, and then repeat step (3) and afterward. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 24...

  • Page 389: Density Adjustment

    Press the [FAX] button and then the [START] button. Then perform test copying. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 25...

  • Page 390: Background Adjustment

    Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make adjustment using the following procedure. <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of P.6-25 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 26...

  • Page 391: Setting Range Correction

    <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of P.6-25 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 27...

  • Page 392: Gamma Balance Adjustment

    For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Press the [FAX] button and then the [START] button. Then perform test copying. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 28...

  • Page 393: Adjustment Of Image Density

    Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make adjustments according to the following procedure. <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of P.6-25 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 29...

  • Page 394: Judgment Threshold Adjustment For Blank Originals

    The larger the value is, the more an original tends to be judged adjustment for blank as a blank sheet. originals Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of P.6-25 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 30...

  • Page 395: Image Quality Adjustment (Printing Function)

    Shut down (turn the power OFF), back ON, and then perform the printing job. If the desired text density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 31...

  • Page 396: Adjustment Of Image Density

    Shut down (turn the power OFF), back ON, and then perform the printing job. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 32...

  • Page 397: Gamma Balance Adjustment

    For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Let the equipment restart and perform printing job. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 398: Image Quality Adjustment (Scanning Function)

    For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Then perform scanning. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 34...

  • Page 399: Density Adjustment

    Shut down (turn the power OFF), back ON, and then perform the scanning job. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 35...

  • Page 400: Judgment Threshold For Acs

    Shut down (turn the power OFF), back ON, and then perform the scanning job. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 36...

  • Page 401: Setting Range Correction

    The smaller the value is, the background adjustment becomes lighter. Acceptable values: 0 to 50 (Default: 50). <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of P.6-35 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 37...

  • Page 402: Fine Adjustment Of Black Density

    The smaller the value is, the duller the image becomes. Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of P.6-35 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 38...

  • Page 403: Background Processing Offset Adjustment

    The setting value "1" is equal to 1 dot with 600 dpi. (The value "24" is equal to approx. 1 mm.) <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of P.6-35 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 39...

  • Page 404: Image Quality Adjustment (Fax Function)

    (2) to (4). Turn the power OFF. Remark: <Confirmation> If possible, perform a Fax transmission and check the adjusted density with the image on the recipient's side. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 40...

  • Page 405: Adjustment Of Image Density

    If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). Remark: <Confirmation> Perform FAX reception and check the adjusted density with the image of the received FAX job. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 41...

  • Page 406: Measurement At Replacement Of High-Voltage Transformer

    [ 2 ] Installing Jig Put in the door switch jig and slide it down. Rotate the jig counterclockwise by 90 degrees. Door switch jig Fig. 6-24 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 42...
  • Page 407 (-) : Ground to the machine frame Fig. 6-25 Connection for developer bias measurement ( + ) : Shaft of the upper developer sleeve (-) : Ground to the machine frame Fig. 6-26 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 43...

  • Page 408: Default Value

    [POWER] : After the message "WAIT" has disappeared, turn the power OFF and then back ON. Fig. 6-27 Note: If the output value does not reach a specified level, replace the high-voltage transformer. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 44...
  • Page 409 ON timing. standard ON timing. Transfer ability Approx. 7.1 mm faster than the Approx. 8.2 mm faster than the improves standard ON timing. standard ON timing. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 45...

  • Page 410: Adjustment Of The Scanner Section

    Bracket Bracket screws. Carriage-1 Exit frame [ Rear ] [ Front ] Enlarged view of carriage Fig. 6-29 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 46...

  • Page 411: Belt Tension Adjustment Of The Scan Motor

    Fig. 6-30 Remove the belt tension jig. Belt tension jig Fig. 6-31 6.9.3 Carriages [A] Installing carriage wires When replacing the carriage wires, refer illustrations below: [Front side] © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 47...
  • Page 412 Adjustment of the carriage wire tension is not necessary since a certain tension is applied to the carriage wires by the tension springs. Note: Make sure the tension applied to the wire is normal. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 48...
  • Page 413 Make sure that the sections A and B of the carriage-2 touch with the exit side frame. Carriage-1 [ Rear ] [ Front ] Exit side frame Bracket Bracket Fig. 6-35 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 49...
  • Page 414 5 turns 2 turns 2 turns Ball terminal Ball terminal No space between turns Hook Hook Color: Silver Color: Black [ Rear ] [ Front ] Fig. 6-36 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 50...
  • Page 415 The wire should come out of the slot of the wire holder jig and be passed through between the arm and the jig. Wire holder jig Fig. 6-37 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 51...

  • Page 416: Lens Unit

    When replacing the unit, do not loosen or remove the 10 screws indicated with the arrows. Fig. 6-38 • Handle the unit with care. Do not hold the lens and adjusted part (hold the unit as shown below). Fig. 6-39 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 52...
  • Page 417 If each mark on the rulers differs, perform the adjustment with the following procedures. <Procedure> Take off the original glass and lens cover. Loosen 4 screws fixing the lens unit. Screw Screw Lens unit Fig. 6-41 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 53...
  • Page 418 Attach the lens cover and original glass. Make a copy to confirm the reproduction ratio. Repeat the procedure 1 to 5 until the marks on the copied ruler and actual ruler match. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 54...

  • Page 419: Adjustment Of The Paper Feeding System

    2. Move the entire guide to the front or rear side. 3. Tighten the screw. 3. Tighten the screws. ( A ) ( B ) ( B ) ( A ) Fig. 6-46 Fig. 6-45 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 55...
  • Page 420 (In case of No. 5, 6 and 7, place the bracket upside down to install it.) Bracket Protruded distance Max 7 Min 1 Screw Fig. 6-48 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 56...

  • Page 421: Separation Roller Pressure Force Adjustment

    Move to the direction B: Multiple feeding will be suppressed (but the roller life may become shorter). Note: The recommended moving distance of the bracket is within 2 scale marks. Fig. 6-50 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 57...

  • Page 422: Adjustment Of Developer Unit

    Mylar must be replaced. Fig. 6-51 6.11 Adjustment of Developer Unit None of the doctor-sleeve gap, drum sleeve gap and developer sleeve pole position needs to be adjusted. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 58...

  • Page 423: Transfer Belt Deviation Adjustment

    You can perform adjustment using the current frame (without scales) with the new bracket installed. It is recommended that you add a mark before and after the adjustment, so that the adjustment position is clear. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 59...

  • Page 424: Adjustment Procedure

    (fuser unit side) and make copies. • If the belt still deviates towards the rear side after the adjustment: Move the bracket to the right-hand side (drum side) and make copies. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 60...
  • Page 425 When no improvement can be seen after the adjustment, check the following items and correct if needed. Check if the place of installation is flat. Check if the transfer/transport unit is deformed. Check if the transfer belt is damaged or deformed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 61...

  • Page 426: Adjustment Of Fuser Unit

    If |F-R| >= 0.5mm, lift up the upper separation finger unit and loosen the fixing screw of the pressure spring on the side with the wider nip width. One half turn corresponds to narrowing the nipped section by about 0.5mm. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 62...
  • Page 427 If |F-R|<0.5mm, the adjustment is completed. Close the RADF and make five blank copies with A3/LD size to clean the heat and pressure rollers. Upper separation finger unit Fig. 6-57 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 63...

  • Page 428: Setting Of Fuser/Pressure Roller Temperature

    (08-2131, 08-2136). To improve the fusing quality, change the setting value to "12" (110°C). Note: The frequency of pre-running is increased when the starting temperature of the pressure roller pre-runningduring ready is increased. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 64...

  • Page 429: Adjustment Of Fuser Entrance Guide

    4 and the adjustment has been made) Fuser entrance guide Fuser entrance guide 4 ( Max 1.7 mm ) 4 ( Min 0.4mm ) Pressure roller Pressure roller Fig. 6-59 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 65...

  • Page 430: High-Fusing Mode

    5 minutes after the warming-up time. 2. When the setting value "2" is selected, the printing speed slows down if the fuser roller temperature drops. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 66...

  • Page 431: Adjustment Of The Radf

    Tighten the 2 fixing screws of the hinge bracket (front side) temporarily. Fig. 6-61 Remove the platen sheet. Note: Be sure not to fold or stain the removed platen sheet. Fig. 6-62 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 67...
  • Page 432 If it is not, turn the adjustment screw to match the hole. Fig. 6-66 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 68...
  • Page 433 Fig. 6-68 (10) Tighten the 2 fixing screws (front side) on the hinge bracket. Fig. 6-69 (11) Open the RADF and remove 2 positioning pins. Fig. 6-70 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 69...
  • Page 434 (13) Place the platen sheet on the original glass and align it to the top left corner. Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly. Fig. 6-72 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 70...

  • Page 435: Radf Height Adjustment

    (left side) of the RADF. Turn it clockwise ....Lowered Turn it counterclockwise ..Heightened Fig. 6-75 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 71...
  • Page 436 RADF is reinstalled. Perform the RADF height adjustment only when the position is not aligned with that before the reinstallation. Pointer Fig. 6-76 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 72...

  • Page 437: Radf Image Skew Adjustment

    “C” as shown in the figure above, shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”. Fig. 6-79 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 73...
  • Page 438 “C” as shown in the figure above, shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”. Fig. 6-82 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 74...

  • Page 439: Radf Leading Edge Position Adjustment

    Fig. 6-84 current one. Note: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.2 mm. Press the [OK] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 75...
  • Page 440 Fig. 6-86 current one. Note: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.2 mm. Press the [OK] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 76...

  • Page 441: Radf Horizontal Position Adjustment

    If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the rear side of the equipment (H), enter a value smaller than the current one. Press the [OK] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 77...

  • Page 442: Radf Copy Ratio Adjustment

    Note: When the value is increased (decreased) by 1, the copy image (ratio in the secondary scanning direction) is affected correspondingly by 1%. Press the [OK] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 78...

  • Page 443: Radf Opening/Closing Switch Adjustment

    ON. Tighten the fixing screw of the bracket. Install the RADF rear cover. Bracket Fig. 6-92 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 79...

  • Page 444: Original Reading Start Sensor Adjustment

    If you do so, the adjustment value will be reset. In this case, repeat the adjustment from step 2. Loosen 2 prism vertical adjustment screws of the prism. Fig. 6-93 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 80...
  • Page 445 LED 3 on the RADF board lights. At this position, tighten 2 prism vertical adjustment screws. Fig. 6-94 LED3 Fig. 6-95 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 81...
  • Page 446 Perform the automatic adjustment (05-3210). Note: After the manual adjustment is performed, be sure to do the automatic one. Turn the power OFF and install the cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 82...

  • Page 447: Platen Sheet

    Place the platen sheet on the original glass and align it to the top left corner. Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly. Fig. 6-100 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 83...

  • Page 448: Adjustment Of Finisher

    Shift all bits on SW3 to OFF, and turn OFF the host machine once. This causes the finisher to execute automatic adjustment, in which the tray unit will shift. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 84...

  • Page 449: Adjusting The Alignment Position

    Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to store the adjustment value (this will lower the swinging guide). Shift all bits of SW3 OFF, and install the rear cover of the finisher unit. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 450: Adjusting The Staple Position (Stapler Movement Range)

    If the stapling position is correct, set all bits on SW3 to OFF to end the adjustments. If you need to change the stapling position, on the other hand, go to the next step. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 86...
  • Page 451 The settings held by the finisher controller PCB are changed as soon as SW1 or SW2 is pressed. As such, to recover the previous settings after the press, you must press the other of the two switches as many times as you pressed previously. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 452: Adjusting The Buffer Roller Winding Amount

    Remove the stack of sheets from the finisher delivery taking care to prevent the offset of the output sheets from changing. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 88...
  • Page 453 The adjustment width is 0.72mm for each N=1. (10) Turn the host machine OFF, and then set SW3 on the finisher controller PCB as indicated. Fig. 6-110 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 89...
  • Page 454 (12) Repeat steps 1) though 6) twice. Check that the winding amount is within the standard in both times. (13) Turn the host machine OFF, and set all bits of SW3 to OFF. This completes the adjustment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 90...

  • Page 455: Adjustment Of Saddle Stitch Finisher

    Fig. 6-113 Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher controller PCB so that the feed motor (M1S) starts to rotate. (Press SW2 three seconds or more if LD paper is used). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 456 Close the inlet door while holding it down with your hand. Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher controller PCB. • The saddle stitcher unit will "stitch" the sheets, and fold and deliver the stack automatically. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 92...
  • Page 457 Example: If L is 1 mm, provide “+1 mm”. Mark Negative Width Adjustment Stitching position Folding position Unit: mm Example: If L is 0.5 mm, provide “-0.5 mm”. Fig. 6-115 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 93...

  • Page 458: Stitching Position (Adjusting Center Stitching)

    8 (10) Set bits 1 through 4 on DIPSW1 to OFF. 6.16.2 Stitching Position (adjusting center stitching) Use the host machine adjustment mode to perform the following: e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 94...

  • Page 459: Adjustment Of Hole Punch Unit

    2-hole OFF OFF SW1 (MJ-6003E) 2-/3-hole OFF OFF SW2 (MJ-6003N) 4-hole ON OFF SW1 (MJ-6003F) 4-hole ON ON SW1 (MJ-6003S) Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 95...

  • Page 460: Checking The Sensitivity Level Of The Transmission Sensor

    Sensitivity Level Number of LED Lightings Sensor not dirty Lit 1X Sensor slightly dirty Lit 2X Sensor dirty Lit 3X Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 96...

  • Page 461: Adjustment Of Inserter

    Move the tray guide to the position where its width becomes the narrowest, and press the start key. The mode LED display switches. (The mode LED1, 4 blink.) Move the tray guide to the position where its width becomes the broadest. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 97...

  • Page 462: Input Check 1

    Mode LED blinking at 100msec. cycle: High speed 3 *Num. Operation LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 Pickup trigger solenoid ON Pickup trigger solenoid OFF Pickup clutch ON Pickup clutch OFF Reverse solenoid ON Reverse solenoid OFF e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 98...
  • Page 463 Transport motor rotated forward (high speed Transport motor stopped Transport motor rotated forward (high speed Transport motor stopped Fan motor ON Fan motor OFF Blinking Light ON Light OFF © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 99...

  • Page 464: Check Of Sensor Operations 1

    Display Sensor status LED1 Light OFF Empty sensor OFF Light ON Empty sensor ON LED2 Light OFF Paper length sensor OFF Light ON Paper length sensor ON e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 100...

  • Page 465: Check Of Sensor Operations 2

    Light ON Dip-switch 2 ON LED3 Light OFF Dip-switch 3 OFF Light ON Dip-switch 3 ON LED4 Light OFF Dip-switch 4 OFF Light ON Dip-switch 4 ON © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 101...

  • Page 466: Adjustment Of Lcf (Mp-4004)

    The center of the printed image shifts to the front side: Move the adjustment board to the front side (Arrow (B) in the upper figure). [ Rear ] Feeding direction Center [ Front ] Fig. 6-121 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 102...
  • Page 467 3 mm respectively. Front cover Fig. 6-123 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ADJUSTMENT 6 - 103...

  • Page 468: Lcf Slant Adjustment

    Turn to the right: Stopper moves downward. Turn to the left : Stopper moves upward. Note: When moving the equipment, need to move the stopper upward. Fig. 6-124 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 104...

  • Page 469: Preventive Maintenance (Pm)

    08-5576 : Current value of PM counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] 08-5577 : Current value of PM time counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03)

  • Page 470: Pm Display Contents

    For example, if the peripheral parts of the process units (K) and developer material (K) reach the maintenance time, the 4-digit hexadecimal number code will be “0188” in hexadecimal numbers: 0008+0080+0100=0188. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 2...

  • Page 471: Clearing Counter

    When the current value of “FUSER” on the main screen or “FUSER ROLLER” on the sub screen in the PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 472: General Descriptions For Pm Procedure

    Plug in the equipment after the maintenance has been finished. Then turn ON the power and make some copies to confirm that the equipment is working properly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 4...

  • Page 473: Pm Support Mode

    * The screen goes back to the main screen when the counter clear is executed or the [CANCEL] button is pressed after moving from the main screen, while it goes back to the sub screen after moving from the sub screen. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 474 Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit counters (4 and 5), including all sub unit (parts) counters belonging to that unit When the unit is not selected, all counters are cleared. Displaying of the main unit name e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 6...
  • Page 475 The paper source differs depending on the structure of options, however, “0.0k” is displayed in “OUTPUT PAGES (k)” and its standard number of output pages is displayed in “PM OUTPUT PAGES (k)” even for the installed paper source. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 476 PM standard number. Displaying of the sub unit (parts) name Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit (parts) counters Back to the main screen e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 8...
  • Page 477 Present driving counts” are cleared and “Previous replacement date” is updated. When the [CANCEL] button is pressed, the counter is not cleared and the display returns to the main or sub screen. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 478 4th drawer separation roller [SEP ROLLER (4th CST.)] O-LCF feed unit [O-LCF] O-LCF pickup roller [PICK UP ROLLER (O-LCF)] O-LCF feed roller [FEED ROLLER (O-LCF)] O-LCF separation roller [SEP ROLLER (O-LCF)] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 10...

  • Page 479: Work Flow Of Parts Replacement

    Check the drive counts of all parts at PM support mode. Does it exceed the specified drive count? Replace the part. Check the part and equipment according to the “TROUBLESHOOTING”. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 11...

  • Page 480: Preventive Maintenance Checklist

    515,000 sheets e-STUDIO756: every 540,000 sheets e-STUDIO856: every 600,000 sheets • Values under “Replacement” indicate the replacement cycle for the e-STUDIO556/ e-STUDIO656/e-STUDIO756/e-STUDIO856. • The replacement cycle of the parts in the feeding section equals to the number of sheets fed from each paper source.
  • Page 481 E. Process related section Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list Items to check Cleaning Remarks Coating (x 1,000 sheets) check <P-I> Discharge LED Drum shaft Ozone filter 460/515/540/ 33-25 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 13...
  • Page 482 460/515/540/ 42-24 I. Toner recycle Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list Items to check Cleaning Remarks Coating (x 1,000 sheets) check <P-I> Whole toner recycle unit e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 14...
  • Page 483 L10 Fuser unit motor gear L11 Fuser roller drive gear/ Cleaning web drive gear L12 Fuser roller bearing/ One way bearing L13 Fuser unit exit roller 28-3, 23 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 15...
  • Page 484 84-4 roller Reading start roller 84-6 RADF original glass 51-18 Reading end roller 84-2 Reverse registration 84-1 roller Exit intermediate 86-26 roller Exit/reverse roller 86-26 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 16...
  • Page 485 Paper path section P. Finisher (MJ-1027/1028/1029) Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list Items to check Cleaning Remarks Coating (x 1,000 sheets) check <P-I> Feed belt 15-2 Paddle 16-33 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 17...
  • Page 486 A8 A6 G4 G3 E1 F5 L14,L6 H1,H5 L12,L1 D6, D7 M6 M6 M10,M9 Fig. 7-6 Front side (4 drawers model) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 18...
  • Page 487 A1 G9 G4 G3 E1 L14, L6 H1,H5 L12, L1 D6,D7 M6 M6 M10, M9 Fig. 7-7 Front side (2 drawers and tandem LCF model) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 19...
  • Page 488 L10,L11 Fig. 7-8 Rear side e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 20...
  • Page 489 N3 N2 N10 N11 Fig. 7-9 Reversing Automatic Document Feeder O5 O2 Fig. 7-10 Large Capacitor Feeder (MP-4004) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 21...
  • Page 490 Fig. 7-11 Finisher (MJ-1027/1028/1029) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 22...
  • Page 491 Take off the cleaner unit. Then release the hook to take off the dustproof slit glass unit and clean the face and back side of the dustproof slit glass. Dustproof slit glass unit Fig. 7-13 Dustproof slit glass Fig. 7-14 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 23...
  • Page 492 Insert the wire securely into the V-grooves of the front and rear sides. Do not twist the wire. Do not touch the wire with your bare hand. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 24...
  • Page 493 1. Wipe the tip of the finger lightly with a dry cloth trying not to deform it. Do not leave the lint on the tip. 2. Apply patting power to the tip of the fingers and drum surface after replacing or cleaning them. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 494 Upper developer sleeve (rear side) ....1 pc. Lower developer sleeve (rear side) ....1 pc. Transport sleeve (front side) ......1 pc. During replacement, coat the oil seal with grease (Alvania No.2). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 26...
  • Page 495 Clean up the toner in the toner recycle unit when replacing the developer material. Take off the toner recycle unit. Remove 3 screws to separate the recycle toner hopper and the auger pipe. Toner recycle unit Fig. 7-22 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 27...
  • Page 496 Fully clean up the toner and such adhered to the roller with alcohol since an image failure may occur if there remains any blot on the roller. Blot Fig. 7-26 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 28...
  • Page 497 Be sure to replace both of the cleaning web and the web pushing roller at the same time, since the cleaning web may be caught by the web pushing roller if this roller is continuously used. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 498 If the cleaning web which has exceeded its life span is used continuously, this could damage the fuser roller. Replace the cleaning web as soon as possible when it is finished. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 30...
  • Page 499 * Apply to the surface contacting the pulleys. Fig. 7-30 * 22. Discharge LED Clean with soft pads or cloth. Do not use a vacuum cleaner. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 31...
  • Page 500 Clean the frame if needed because paper dust brushed off with the corresponding brush accumulates on the lower frame of the registration rollers. (Cleaning period guideline: Every two or three times of Preventive Maintenance.) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 32...

  • Page 501: Precautions For Storing And Handling Supplies

    Do not leave drums in a brightly lit place for a long time. Otherwise the drum will fatigue, and will not produce sufficient image density immediately after being installed in the machine. However, this effect may decrease as time elapses. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 502: Checking And Cleaning Of Drum Cleaning Blade And Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade

    3. Do not touch the transfer belt with alcohol or other organic solvents. 4. Do not apply external pressure that might scratch the transfer belt. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 34...

  • Page 503: Checking And Cleaning Of Fuser Roller And Pressure Roller

    Be careful not to rub the teflon-coated surface with your fingernails or hard objects because it is easily damaged. Do not apply the silicon oil to the fuser roller. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 504: Checking And Replacing Of Cleaning Web

    Be sure to reset the counter of the cleaning web counter in the PM Support mode (6S) when the cleaning web roller has been replaced. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 36...
  • Page 505 Pickup roller ASYS-ROL-RET-RU ROL-KIT-81CST Feed roller ASYS-ROL-FEED Separation roller ASYS-ROL-SPT Pickup roller ASYS-ROL-FEED ROL-KIT-4004 Feed roller ASYS-ROL-FEED-LCF For MP4004L/A Separation roller ASYS-ROL-SPT-LCF Pickup roller ASYS-ROL-PICK-L © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 37...

  • Page 506: Maintenance Part List

    For test print (A4/LT)j 202-4 Color test chart (TCC-3) For test print (A3/LD) 202-5 *1: Part list <P-I> represents the page item in (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 Service Parts List). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 38...
  • Page 507 11,12 Fig. 7-32 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 39...

  • Page 508: Grease List

    Replace them with new ones if necessary. Check the performance of all the switches and sensors. Replace them with new ones if necessary. Clean inside the equipment thoroughly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 40...

  • Page 509: Error Code And Troubleshooting

    Even in the cases other than the above, fully observe safety precautions. • If any PC board or HDD shall be replaced, refer to P.9-1 "9. REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 1...

  • Page 510: If A Problem Continues Even After Performing All Troubleshooting

    If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting and technical tips, report the problem to the appropriate Toshiba service center along with the following information. This information will help the service center understand your problem and take quick action to find the solution.

  • Page 511: Collection Of Debug Logs With A Usb Device

    (XXXX= Serial number of the equipment, YYYY= year, MM= month, DD= day, HH= hour, mm= minute, SS= second) After the debug logs have been collected, be sure to send them to the service center together with a report. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 3...

  • Page 512: Error Code List

    / Tandem LCF feed sensor): Paper does not reach the 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF feed sensor during the feeding at the 3rd drawer. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 4...
  • Page 513 Paper which has passed the 1st drawer transport sensor does not reach the intermediate transport sensor during the feeding at the Option LCF. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 5...
  • Page 514 Paper which passed the 4th drawer feed sensor does not reach the 4th drawer transport sensor during the feeding at the 4th drawer. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 6...
  • Page 515 (Jam caused by a multiple paper feeding) E551 Paper remaining on the transport path (when a P. 8-51 service call occurs) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 7...
  • Page 516 Original width detection sensor-3 paper remaining P. 8-68 E773 Original Intermediate transport sensor paper P. 8-68 remaining jam E774 Original reading start sensor paper remaining jam P. 8-68 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 8...
  • Page 517 Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple P. 8-55 feeding of the preceding paper caused the misfeeding of the upcoming paper (= redetection after no jam is detected at [EB50]). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 9...
  • Page 518 Incorrect setting of paper size for Inserter Unit P. 8-82 ECC0 Inserter Unit misfeeding P. 8-82 ECD0 Inserter Unit door open jam P. 8-82 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 10...

  • Page 519: Service Call

    Thermistor/heater abnormality at power-ON: Thermistor P. 8-91 abnormality is detected at power-ON or the fuser roller temperature does not rise within a specified period of time after power-ON. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 11...
  • Page 520 C8E0 RADF communication protocol abnormality: The system P. 8-97 has to be stopped because the control abnormality occurred. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 12...
  • Page 521 CBA0 Stitch motor (front) abnormality: The stitch motor (front) P. 8-107 does not run normally or the rotational cam does not move normally. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 13...
  • Page 522 CE90 Drum thermistor abnormality: The output value of the P. 8-122 drum thermistor is out of the specified range. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 14...
  • Page 523 F109_1 Key consistency error: SRAM encryption AES key data P. 8-130 damage. F109_2 Key consistency error: Signature Check public key P. 8-130 damage. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 15...
  • Page 524 Engine speed error - The speed information of the LGC P. 8-142 board is damaged. F901_1 Engine speed error - The speed information of the LGC P. 8-142 board is damaged. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 16...

  • Page 525: Error In Internet Fax / Scanning Function

    Onramp Gateway transmission failure P. 8-148 1C82 Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received P. 8-148 1CC0 Job canceling 1CC1 Power failure P. 8-148 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 17...
  • Page 526 Filing nearly full. nearly full (90%). 2B90 Insufficient Memory. Insufficient memory capacity P. 8-150 2BA0 Invalid Box password specified. Invalid Box password P. 8-150 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 18...
  • Page 527 Job control module access abnormality P. 8-154 2C22 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnormality P. 8-154 2C30 Failed to create directory Directory creation failure P. 8-154 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 19...
  • Page 528 Job control module access abnormality P. 8-157 2D22 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnormality P. 8-157 2D30 Failed to create directory Directory creation failure P. 8-157 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 20...
  • Page 529 Insufficient memory capacity for USB P. 8-160 USB folder. storage 2E12 Failed to store document(s) in Message reception error in USB storage P. 8-160 USB folder. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 21...
  • Page 530 Content-Type error P. 8-164 detected in the received mail. 3B40 Decode Error has been detected E-mail decode error P. 8-164 in the received mail. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 22...
  • Page 531 File I/O Error has been occurred File I/O error P. 8-166 in this mail. The mail could not be 3F20 P. 8-166 received until File I/O is recovered. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 23...

  • Page 532: Printer Function Error

    4613 Font download failure (others): A new font cannot be registered due to other P. 8-171 abnormality. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 24...
  • Page 533 4F10 Printing was not performed successfully due to other abnormalities. P. 8-172 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 25...

  • Page 534: Topaccess Related Error

    5C11 Security error on Address Book. The network FAX job failed because the P. 8-176 specified address is not registered in the Address Book e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 26...

  • Page 535: Mfp Access Error

    Scan Log near full (95% Scan log DB near-full (95%) P. 8-182 Used) 6162 Scan Log near full (90% Scan log DB near-full (90%) P. 8-182 Used) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 27...
  • Page 536 Message Log near full (80% Message log DB near-full (80%) 6193 P. 8-185 Used) Message Log near full (70% Message log DB near-full (70%) 6194 P. 8-185 Used) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 28...

  • Page 537: Maintenance Error

    Failed to import the certificate 713B Certification import failure P. 8-190 713D Failed to import Combined User Combined data import failure P. 8-190 data (User Information, Role, Group) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 29...
  • Page 538 Failed to decrypt Clone File Clone file decryption failure 71F4 P. 8-196 Failed to encrypt Cone File Clone file encryption failure 71F5 P. 8-196 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 30...

  • Page 539: Network Error

    P. 8-201 created of destroyed due to some uncertain condition 803F Crypto operation failed Ipsec error for ikev2 if crypto P. 8-201 operation failed © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 31...
  • Page 540 8111 SNMP set request failure An error occurred during SNMP P. 8-205 data writing. 8112 SNMP communication failure SNMP communication failed. P. 8-205 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 32...
  • Page 541 Active Directory domain P. 8-207 authentication error: Kerberos ticket authentication error 812B Unknown Realm Active Directory domain P. 8-208 authentication error: invalid realm name © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 33...

  • Page 542: Error History

    Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal) (Nx256)+(Nx16)+N Mode 0: Unused 1: Unused 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Unused 5: Gray scale (Scan) 6: Unused 7:Unused e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 34...
  • Page 543 E: Thick3 (Back) F: Thick4 (Back) G: Special1 (Back) H: Special2 (Back) I: Envelopes J: Tab paper Z: Not selected RADF size mixed 0: Unused 1: Size not mixed 2: Size mixed © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 35...

  • Page 544: Diagnosis And Prescription For Each Error Code

    Harness check. Registration motor • Motor check (Perform the output check:03-108/158) • Harness check. Replace parts Remarks Fuser transport sensor Drum separation finger solenoid e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 36...
  • Page 545 Open the cover of the unit/area whose picture is flashing on the control panel and remove if there is any paper on the transport path. (Refer to the table below.) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 546 [E062] Incorrect paper size setting for 2nd drawer [E063] Incorrect paper size setting for 3rd drawer [E064] Incorrect paper size setting for 4th drawer e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 38...

  • Page 547: Others

    Board check. SLG board • Connector check • Harness check. • Board check. • Harness check. Replace parts Remarks Page memory SYS board SLG board © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 39...
  • Page 548 • Connector check • Page memory check • Board check. LGC board • Connector check • Harness check. • Board check. • Harness check. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 40...
  • Page 549 [E3D0] Tandem LCF transport jam (paper not reaching 1st drawer transport sensor) Classification Error item Paper transport jam Paper not reaching 1st drawer transport sensor © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 41...
  • Page 550 Connector check (CN327, CN329) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Intermediate transport sensor Transport motor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 42...
  • Page 551 Connector check • Harness check. LGC board • Connector check (CN327, CN329) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 43...
  • Page 552 • Connector check • Harness check. LGC board • Connector check (CN328) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 44...
  • Page 553 • Clutch check (Perform the output check: 03-231) (CLT9) • Connector check • Harness check. LGC board • Connector check (CN350) • Board check. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 45...
  • Page 554 Option LCF transport motor Option LCF transport clutch LGC board LCF board [E320] 3rd drawer transport jam (paper not reaching 2nd drawer transport sensor) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 46...
  • Page 555 Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks 3rd drawer transport sensor 4th drawer transport clutch LGC board Rollers © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 47...
  • Page 556 • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Horizontal transport sensor-1 Horizontal transport clutch LGC board Rollers e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 48...
  • Page 557 Connector check (CN334) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Horizontal transport sensor-3 LGC board Horizontal transport rollers © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 49...
  • Page 558 1st drawer transport sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[1]/[C] 2nd drawer transport sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[2]/[C] 3rd drawer / tandem LCF transport sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[3]/[C] 4th drawer transport sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[4]/[C] Intermediate transport sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[1]/[A] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 50...
  • Page 559 Reverse sensor-1 03-[FAX]OFF/[7]/[E] Reverse sensor-2 03-[FAX]OFF/[7]/[D] Fuser transport sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[7]/[C] Reverse transport area Horizontal transport sensor-1 03-[FAX]OFF/[9]/[F] Horizontal transport sensor-2 03-[FAX]OFF/[9]/[G] Horizontal transport sensor-3 03-[FAX]OFF/[9]/[H] © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 51...
  • Page 560 • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Reverse sensor-1 Reverse motor Gate solenoid LGC board Rollers e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 52...
  • Page 561 • Connector check (CN336) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Exit motor LGC board Rollers © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 53...
  • Page 562 • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Registration sensorr 1st drawer transport sensor LGC board Rollers e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 54...
  • Page 563 • Connector check (CN341) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Registration sensorr LGC board Rollers © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 55...

  • Page 564: Paper Misfeeding

    3. Check if the paper is not the one with printing on its back side. 4. Check if the width of the side guides of the drawer is too narrow. 5. Check the motor-related adjustment value. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 56...
  • Page 565 Is the bypass feed clutch working? (Perform the output check in the test mode: 03-204) Is the bypass feed sensor working? (Perform the input check in the test mode: 03- [FAX]OFF/[6]/[G]) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 566 Check the 1st drawer feed roller, separation roller and pickup roller. Clean or replace them. * Check if the paper weight is within the specified range. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 58...
  • Page 567 Open the feed cover. Is there any paper in front of the 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF feed sensor? Remove the paper. Is the 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF feed sensor working? (Perform the input check in the test mode: 03-[FAX]OFF/[3]/[D]) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 59...
  • Page 568 4. Check if the conductor patterns on the PFP board and LGC board are short circuited or open circuited. 5. Replace the 4th drawer feed sensor. 6. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 60...
  • Page 569 1. Check if the connector of the transport motor is not disconnected. 2. Check if the connector J854 on the board are not disconnected. 3. Check if there is any abnormality at the transport drive unit. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 570 2. Check the LCF feed roller, separation roller and pickup roller. Clean or replace them. * Check if the paper weight is within the specified range. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 62...

  • Page 571: Cover Open Jam

    4. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 5. Replace the feed cover sensor. 6. Replace the LGC board. Replace the LGC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 63...
  • Page 572 4. Check if the conductor patterns on the LGC board are short- or open- circuited. 5. Replace the bypass feed unit cover sensor. 6. Replace the LGC board. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 64...
  • Page 573 4. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short- or open- circuited. 5. Replace the exit cover switch. 6. Replace the LGC board. Replace the LGC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 65...

  • Page 574: Radf Jam

    5. Replace the RADF board, and then perform the automatic adjustment for the original reading start sensor (05-3210). 6. Replace the reading end roller and the exit intermediate roller if they are worn out. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 66...
  • Page 575 5. Replace the RADF board, and then perform the automatic adjustment for the original reading start sensor (05-3210). 6. Replace the exit roller and the exit intermediate roller if they are worn out. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 576 * If the original reading start sensor is replaced, perform automatic adjustment (05-3210) for it. 5. Replace the RADF board, and then perform the automatic adjustment for the original reading start sensor (05-3210). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 68...
  • Page 577 2. Check if there is any paper in the equipment. Remove it if there is. 3. If a jam still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON to check if the equipment operates normally. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...

  • Page 578: Finisher Jam

    1. Connect the connector of the inlet sensor securely. 2. Attach the actuator securely if its shaft is out of place. 3. Replace the inlet sensor. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 70...
  • Page 579 1. Connect the connectors of the sensors securely. 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place. 3. Replace the sensors. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 71...
  • Page 580 1. Connect the connectors of the sensors securely. 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place. 3. Replace the sensors. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 72...
  • Page 581 1. Connect the connectors of the door switch and the front door switch securely. 2. Replace the upper/front door switches. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 73...
  • Page 582 1. Connect the connector of the inlet sensor securely. 2. Attach the actuator securely if its shaft is out of place. 3. Replace the inlet sensor. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 74...
  • Page 583 1. Connect the connectors of the stitcher home position switches securely. 2. Replace the stitcher home position switches. Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 75...
  • Page 584 Are the cover opening sensors working properly? 1. Connect the connectors of the cover opening sensors securely. 2. Replace the cover opening sensors. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 76...
  • Page 585 1. Connect the connectors of the sensors securely. 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place. 3. Replace the sensors. Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 77...
  • Page 586 1. Connect the connectors of the sensors securely. 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place. 3. Replace the sensors. Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 78...
  • Page 587 1. Connect the connector of the sensor securely. 2. Attach the actuator securely if its shaft is out of place. 3. Replace the sensor. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 79...
  • Page 588 Is the harness between the inserter control board and separation sensor open-circuited? Replace the harness. Is the separation sensor working improperly? Replace the separation sensor. Replace the inserter control board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 80...
  • Page 589 Is the harness between the inserter control board and transport sensor is open-circuited? Replace the harness. Is the transport sensor working impropely? Replace the transport sensor. Replace the inserter control board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 81...
  • Page 590 Is the problem solved by opening the inserter jam access cover? 1. Check the installation state of the cover. 2. Replace the cover switch and plate spring. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 82...
  • Page 591 4. Check if the harness connecting the I/F connector of the finisher side and finisher controller PC board is open circuited. 5. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 592 Connect the pin or replace the harness. 1. Replace the IPC board. 2. Replace the LGC board. 3. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 84...

  • Page 593: Paper Feeding System Related Service Call

    2. Check if the paper is not caught in the coupling when the tray goes up. 3. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 4. Replace the LGC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 594 1. Check if the driving mechanism is abnormal. 2. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 3. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 86...
  • Page 595 1. Check if the driving mechanism is abnormal. 2. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 3. Replace the LGC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 596 6. Replace the LGC board. 1. Check if the tray lifting mechanism has no abnormality. 2. Replace the LCF board. 3. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 88...

  • Page 597: Scanning System Related Service Call

    • Harness check Exposure lamp If the exposure lamp blinks twice, download the correct ROM. Replace parts Remarks Carriage home position sensor SLG board © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 89...
  • Page 598 Check if the conductor pattern on the SLG board is short circuited or open circuited. Check if the 24V output and the grounding wire are normal. Replace parts Remarks Fuse in the scanning system SLG board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 90...

  • Page 599: Fuser Unit Related Service Call

    Change the current status counter value "1" or "2" to "0", then press [OK] or [INTERRUPT] (to cancel [C411/C412]). Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Make sure that the equipment enters the normal ready state. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 91...
  • Page 600 4. Check the LGC board Check if the connector CN332,CN334 and CN360 are disconnected. Check if the conductor pattern on the board is short- or open-circuited. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 92...
  • Page 601 "0". The value of the status counter remains until the next service call overwrites the value. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03)
  • Page 602 Check if the harness between the connector of the LGC board and the fuser unit is not open circuited. Replace the LGC board. Replace the fuser unit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 94...

  • Page 603: Communication Related Service Call

    Check if the connector CN104, CN130, CN133 on the SYS board is disconnected. Replace the LGC board. Replace the PLG board. [F070] Communication error between System-CPU and Engine-CPU [F110] Communication error between System-CPU and Scanner-CPU © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 95...
  • Page 604 Check the version of the scanner ROM version on the SLG board. (10) Replace the SYS board. (11) Replace the SLG board. (12) Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 96...

  • Page 605: Radf Related Service Call

    (05-3210). [C8E0] RADF communication protocol abnormality 1. Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check if the equipment operates normally. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 97...

  • Page 606: Laser Optical Unit Related Service Call

    4. Check if the conductor pattern on the PLG board is short circuited or open circuited. 5. Replace the laser optical unit. 6. Replace the PLG board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 98...
  • Page 607 6. Check if the laser unit cooling fan is not stopped. 7. Check if the intake area of the laser unit cooling fan is not blocked. 8. Replace the laser optical unit. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 608 4. Check if the metal plates of the transport system are grounded securely. 5. Check if the equipment is grounded securely? 6. Replace the laser optical unit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 100...
  • Page 609 Is the harness between the PLG and SYS boards open-circuited or the connector disconnected? Replace the harness. Reconnect the connector. 1. Replace the PLG board. 2. Replace the SYS board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 101...

  • Page 610: Finisher Related Service Call

    Delivery motor clock sensor (PI10) • Sensor check • Connector check • Harness check Finisher control board • Connector check • Board check Replace parts Remarks Delivery motor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 102...
  • Page 611 Alignment guide • Move check Finisher control board • Connector check • Board check Replace parts Remarks Alignment motor Alignment guide home position sensor © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 103...
  • Page 612 Replace the finisher controller PC board. [CB70] Stack amount detection sensor abnormality [Procedure 1] Is the problem solved by turning OFF and ON the power of the equipment? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 104...
  • Page 613 Replace the height sensor. [CB80] Backup RAM data abnormality Is the problem solved by turning the power of the equipment OFF and ON? End. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 105...
  • Page 614 Is there any problem with the paper pushing plate drive mechanism? Fix the mechanism. Is the problem solved by replacing the paper pushing plate motor (M8S)? Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 106...
  • Page 615 Replace the front or rear stitcher. Check the wiring between the stitcher and saddle stitcher controller PC board. If there is no problem, replace the controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 616 Is the guide plate drive mechanism normal? Fix the mechanism. Is the problem solved by replacing the guide motor (M3S)? Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 108...
  • Page 617 Is the paper positioning plate drive mechanism normal? Fix the mechanism. Is the problem solved by replacing the paper positioning plate motor (M4S)? Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 109...
  • Page 618 Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. Is J9-11 on the saddle stitcher controller PC board properly connected to the ground? Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 110...
  • Page 619 Check the wiring between J19 on the finisher controller PC board and J1 on the saddle stitcher controller PC board. If there is no problem, replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 620 Measure the voltage of J11-9 on the saddle stitcher controller PC board when the delivery door is opened. Is it 5V? The delivery cover sensor (PI3S) is broken. Replace it. Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 112...
  • Page 621 Replace the sensor. Is the swing motor (M7) rotating in reverse at the fixed timing? Replace the motor. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 113...
  • Page 622 Replace the finisher controller PC board. Is the wiring between the swing motor and finisher controller PC board correct? Correct the wiring. Replace the swing motor. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 114...
  • Page 623 Is the problem solved by replacing the horizontal registration motor (M2P)? Is the problem solved by replacing the punch driver PC board? Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 624 Is the problem solved by replacing the punch motor (M1P)? Is the problem solved by replacing the punch driver board? Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 116...
  • Page 625 Is the conductor pattern around IC5 on the inserter control board short- or open-circuited? 1. Replace the inserter control board. 2. Perform the inserter tray volume adjustment. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 626 Is the paddle drive mechanism normal? Fix the mechanism. Is the problem solved by replacing the paddle motor? Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 118...
  • Page 627 If the error has still not been recovered in step 2, check if there is any defect in the LGC board, IPC board or finisher control board. If not, replace the LGC board, IPC board or finisher control board. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...

  • Page 628: Service Call For Others

    Check if any foreign matters is on the main charger win or the main charger grid. Replace the High-voltage transformer. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 120...
  • Page 629 In case that the used toner transport motor does not drive or [CD4] is not released when power is turned ON again, do the above procedure after manually turning the pulley beside the motor toward the direction of arrow (counterclockwise) several times. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 630 After the confirmation message is displayed on the LCD, press the [INTERRUPT] button (to initialize the SRAM). Perform the panel calibration (08-9050). Perform the initialization at the software version upgrade (08-9030). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 122...
  • Page 631 ([F]Restore encryption key) Access Failed Replace the SRAM board. (USB backup data are not used) P.9-20 "9.2.6 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" (all steps) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 123...
  • Page 632 [E] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [F] Restore encryption key [G] Restore license Access Failed Replace the SRAM board . P.9-20 "9.2.6 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 124...
  • Page 633 [4]+[C]+[POWER] → 1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 4. If the error persists even after step 3, replace the HDD. Replace parts Remarks SYS board © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 125...
  • Page 634 HDD transfer time-out: Reading/writing cannot be performed in the specified period of time. HDD data error: Abnormality is detected in the data of HDD. HDD other error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 126...
  • Page 635 If the error is not recovered after rebooting the equipment or no abnormality is found on any check items for the HDD, reinstall the master data (HD Data). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 636 ADI-HDD error: The generation of ADI authentication Admin Password fails. Check item Measures Setting Reinstall the system ROM data (OS Data). Reinstall the master data (HD Data). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 128...
  • Page 637 If the error is not cleared after this (see above), replace the SYS board. P.9-16 "9.2.4 Precautions and Procedures when replacing the SYS board" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 129...
  • Page 638 P.11-7 "11.2.1 Master data / System ROM / Laser ROM / PFC ROM / Engine ROM / Scanner ROM / RADF ROM" • Reinstall the master data and application program. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 130...
  • Page 639 Procedures when replacing the SYS board" [E] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [F] Restore encryption key [G] Restore license * AccessFailed, KeyNull or KeyBroken © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 131...
  • Page 640 Recover the license on the SRAM board. (Transfer the license from SYS-FROM to SYS-SRAM.) P.9-20 "9.2.6 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" "([I]Backup license) * AccessFailed or KeyMismatch e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 132...
  • Page 641 P.9-16 "9.2.4 Precautions and Procedures when replacing the SYS board" [E] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [F] Restore encryption key [G] Restore license © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 133...
  • Page 642 ([E]Restore ADI key) KeyNull/ Recover the encryption key on the SRAM board. KeyBroken P.9-20 "9.2.6 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" ([G]Backup ADI key) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 134...
  • Page 643 [F121] Database abnormality (user management database) Classification Error item Other service call Login after the startup fails in any starting mode because user management database is corrupted. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 135...
  • Page 644 If the recovery is still not completed, reinstall the master data and application program." [F130] Invalid MAC address Classification Error item Other service call Invalid MAC address e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 136...
  • Page 645 • Main memory check Replace parts Remarks SYS board Main memory [F200] Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) is disabled Classification Error item Other service call © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 137...
  • Page 646 3. Are the connector CN112 and the relay connector of the SYS board connected securely? 4. Replace the SYS board cooling fan. Replace parts Remarks SYS board SYS board cooling fan e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 138...
  • Page 647 User data will be deleted when [3] + [C] + [POWER] -> 3 is performed. [F521] Integrity check error Classification Error item Other service call Authentication of program data failed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 139...
  • Page 648 If a service call occurs again after the reboot, replace the HDD. [F800] Date error Classification Error item Other service call The year 2038 problem e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 140...
  • Page 649 7. Key in [2] to select "2. Key FROM to SRAM", and then press the [START] button. 8. After the operation is completed, shut down the equipment by pressing the [ON/OFF] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 141...
  • Page 650 The F901_1 may occur especially when the equipment is not started up with the 08 mode according to the procedures when replacing the LGC board. Replace parts Remarks Harness LGC board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 142...

  • Page 651: Error In Internet Fax / Scanning Function

    Error item Internet FAX related error Check item Measures Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 143...
  • Page 652 Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk capacity. [1C40] Image conversion abnormality Classification Error item Internet FAX related error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 144...
  • Page 653 Internet FAX related error Check item Measures Setting Reset the Terminal IP address. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 145...
  • Page 654 Measures Setting Reset the login name or password of SMTP server and perform the job again. Check if the SMTP server is operating properly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 146...
  • Page 655 Check item Measures Setting Set the SMTP valid and perform the job again. [1C71] SMTP authentication ERROR Classification Error item Internet FAX related error © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 147...
  • Page 656 Error item Internet FAX related error Check item Measures Setting Reset the “Received Fax Forward”. [1CC1] Power failure Classification Error item Internet FAX related error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 148...
  • Page 657 Or divide the original data into several pieces and retransmit them. [2553] Destination mail address error (RFC: 553) Check if there is an illegal character in the mail box in the mail server. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 658 If the recovery is still not completed, perform the HDD formatting. [2BA0] Invalid Box password Check if the password is correct. Reset the password. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 150...
  • Page 659 Backup the documents in the box or folder to PC or delete them. [2BF2] Exceeding maximum number of folders Backup the folders in the box or folder to PC or delete them. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 660 Check if the power supply voltage is inconstant. [2A60] WS Scan user authentication failure Classification Error item WS Scan for job authentication failed. Remote scanning related error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 152...
  • Page 661 A user without e-Filing data access privilege tried to use Scan utility. Remote scanning related error Check item Measures Setting Check if correct privilege is given to the user. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 153...
  • Page 662 [2C62] Memory acquiring failure Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. Replace the main memory and perform the job again. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 154...
  • Page 663 Reset the login name and password of SMTP server and perform the job again. Check if the SMTP server is operating properly. [2C6A] HOST NAME error (No RFC error) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 664 Reset the setting of the mail box or “Received Internet Fax Forward”. [2CC1] Power failure Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 156...
  • Page 665 [2D33] File access failure Check if the access privilege to the storage directory is writable. Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk capacity. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 666 Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk capacity. [2D67] FTP service not available Check if the setting of FTP service is valid. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 158...
  • Page 667 Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. If the error still occurs, check that there is no job, and format the HDD with [5] + [C] + [POWER]. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 668 Remarks [2E15] Exceeding the maximum size for file sharing Classification Error item There are too many files in the folder. File sharing related error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 160...
  • Page 669 If the error still occurs, check that there is no job, and format the HDD with [5] + [C] + [POWER]. Replace parts Remarks © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 161...
  • Page 670 Setting Reset the encryption and perform the job in error again. To create an image file not encrypted, consult your administrator. Replace parts Remarks e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 162...
  • Page 671 File sharing related error Check item Measures Setting Check if the power cable is connected properly and inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 163...
  • Page 672 Reset the partial mail reception setting ON and then request the sender to retransmit the mail. [3B20] Content-Type error The format of the attached file is not supported by this equipment (TIFF-FX). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 164...
  • Page 673 When the content of the setting is correct, confirm the sender if the destination is correct. [3D20] Offramp destination limitation error Inform the sender that the transfer of the FAX data over 40 is not supported. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 674 These errors occur when the mail data is not transferred properly to the HDD. Request the sender to retransmit the mail. Replace the HDD if the error still occurs after retransmission. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 166...

  • Page 675: Error In Printer Function

    Perform the authentication or register as a user, and then perform the printing again. [4042] Department authentication error Classification Error item Printer function error © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 167...
  • Page 676 The number of the assigned pages set by the department management has reached 0. Assign the number of the pages again or perform initialization. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 168...
  • Page 677 The file storing function is set to "disabled". Check the setting of the equipment. [4214] Fax/Internet Fax transmission limitation error Classification Error item Printer function error Check item Measures Setting Check the settings of this equipment. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 169...
  • Page 678 [4321] No privilege for print settings Classification Error item Printer function error Check item Measures Setting Check the privilege given, or request the administrator to add the necessary privilege. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 170...
  • Page 679 Check item Measures Setting Reattempt the downloading. Recreate font data and reattempt the downloading. [4621] Font deletion failure Classification Error item Printer function error © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 171...
  • Page 680 3. Initialize HDD. Refer to step 3 and later in "[E] Replace / Format HDD" in P.9-11 "9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 172...

  • Page 681: Topaccess Related Error/Communication Error With External Application

    [5014] No SSL certificate Classification Error item Communication error with external There is no SSL certificate or the certificate is not in a correct file format. application © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 173...
  • Page 682 Classification Error item Communication error with external SSL certificate is invalid. application Check item Measures Setting Install the correct SSL certificate. Replace parts Remarks e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 174...
  • Page 683 [501B] No URL (host/port) or invalid path Classification Error item TopAccess related error Initial URL is invalid. Check item Measures Setting Set the correct initial URL. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 175...
  • Page 684 Check if the connector on the FAX board is connected properly. Replace parts Remarks [5C11] FAX Unit attachment error Classification Error item TopAccess related error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 176...
  • Page 685 Check item Measures Setting The address specified for the network FAX is not registered on the Address Book. Register it. Replace parts Remarks © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 177...

  • Page 686: Mfp Access Error

    Error item MFP access error The card cannot be used because the data required for the use of the card are not correctly set. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 178...
  • Page 687 Classification Error item MFP access error The e-Filing Box became inaccessible because an incorrect password has been entered for the specified number of times. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 179...
  • Page 688 Measures Setting Check that the time server works properly. Moreover, log into TopAccess as an administrator, and check that the SNTP setting is correct. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 180...
  • Page 689 Print Log near full (70% Used). Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Print Job Log Export. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 181...
  • Page 690 Scan Log near full (70% Used). Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Scan Job Log Export. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 182...
  • Page 691 FAX_Transmission Log near full (70% Used) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Fax Transmission Journal Export. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 183...
  • Page 692 FAX_Receive Log near full (70% Used) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Fax Reception Journal Export. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 184...
  • Page 693 MFP access error Message Log near full (70% Used) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Message Log Export. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 185...

  • Page 694: Maintenance Error

    Point and Print data may have a problem or may be corrupted. Check the package file and then reattempt the upload. [710F] Language Pack installation failure Classification Error item Maintenance error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 186...
  • Page 695 Template data import failure Classification Error item Maintenance error The import of template data failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 187...
  • Page 696 Department code data import failure Classification Error item Maintenance error The import of department data failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 188...
  • Page 697 Check if you are importing a valid file and also that the amount of the combined user information does not exceed the maximum. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 189...
  • Page 698 Maintenance error The import of all data (templates, Address Book, Mailbox) failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 190...
  • Page 699 Check if there is enough capacity in the HDD and then retry the export. [714B] Role information export failure Classification Error item Maintenance error The export of role information failed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 191...
  • Page 700 The export of Print Data Converter failed. Check item Measures Setting [715D] User Combined data export failure Classification Error item Maintenance error The export of combined user information failed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 192...
  • Page 701 Check the CA certificate and perform the job again. [71A4] Cryptographic key consistency confirmation failure Classification Error item Maintenance error Cryptographic key consistency confirmation failed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 193...
  • Page 702 Setting Check SCEP server and the SCEP setting (automatic) on the TopAccess screen in the following procedure: TopAccess Administration -> Security -> Certificate Management e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 194...
  • Page 703 The creation of a clone file failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if there is enough capacity in the HDD and the USB media and then retry the creation. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 195...
  • Page 704 Classification Error item Maintenance error The encryption of a clone file failed. Check item Measures Setting Restart the equipment and then retry the encryption. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 196...

  • Page 705: Network Error

    Classification Error item Network error Stateful Address Conflict Check item Measures Setting Check if the same IP address is not used by other machine. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 197...
  • Page 706 Ipsec error for wrong proposal choosen Check item Measures Setting Check the IKEv1 IPsec proposal parameters (like encryption/authentication algorithms, DH group, authentication methods) in MFP and peer machine. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 198...
  • Page 707 Network error Ipsec error if certificate are not avialable Check item Measures Setting Certificate has been deleted from Certificate store. Re-upload the corresponding certificates. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 199...
  • Page 708 • Certificate against CRL. [803C] IKEv2 secret key authentication failed Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error for ikev2 if secret key auth failed e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 200...
  • Page 709 Check IKE settings in MFP and peer. [8041] IKEv2 CA not trusted Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error for ikev2 if CA is not trusted © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 201...
  • Page 710 Remote Traffic selector mismatch. Check the destination address/port in IPsec filter. [8046] IPsec local IP mismatch Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error for local IP mismatch e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 202...
  • Page 711 Select the Flush Connections Option and retry. [804B] IPSec invalid manual key Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error id manual key is not valid © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 203...
  • Page 712 MFP not able to contact the Access point with the specified SSID Classification Error item Network error MFP not able to contact the Access point with the specified SSID e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 204...
  • Page 713 An unidentified domain authentication error occurred during the connection of domain controller. Check item Measures Setting Check the network configuration of this equipment and then reconnect to the domain controller. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 205...
  • Page 714 Domain authentication error: User account lockout Classification Error item Network error The user account is locked out and not available for login for domain authentication. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 206...
  • Page 715 Setting Check if the user name and the password for this equipment are correct. If the error still occurs, ask your Windows Server administrator. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 207...
  • Page 716 Check if the realm name of this equipment for the Active Directory server is correct. If the error still occurs, ask your Windows Server administrator. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 208...

  • Page 717: Troubleshooting For Image Quality Control

    2. If the test print is normal, check the surface of the image quality sensor, clean it or replace it, and then perform the image quality control enforcement / condition check (image check; described later). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 718 Troubleshooting for the Image" for details. When the correct image is able to be output, perform the image quality control enforcement / condition check (image check; described later). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 210...
  • Page 719 Check the power system, replace the switching power supply, and then perform the image quality control enforcement / condition check (image check; described later). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 211...
  • Page 720 * When the value for 05-2160 (Drum surface potential sensor control status) is other than "0", there is a problem on the drum surface potential control. Clear the problem with the troubleshooting for surface potential control related. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 212...
  • Page 721 * When the value for 05-2160 (Drum surface potential sensor control status) is other than "0", there is a problem on the drum surface potential control. Clear the problem with the troubleshooting for surface potential control related. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...

  • Page 722: Troubleshooting For Surface Potential Control

    Perform the drum surface potential sensor control / condition check (described later) Check the value for 05-2162. Is the value for 05-2162 within the range between 400 and 800? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 214...
  • Page 723 Are both values for 05-2160 and 08-2850 "0"? Perform the test print (04-114: Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation steps). Is there any problem with the image? © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 215...
  • Page 724 * When 05-2133 (Status of image quality control) is other than "0", there is a problem with the image quality control. Clear the problem with the trouble shooting for the image quality control related. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 216...

  • Page 725: Troubleshooting For Remaining Toner Detection Sensor

    The Auto Supply Order function does not work. Countermeasure 1. Check if the connector or connector pins on the toner drive are disconnected. 2. Replace the remaining toner detection sensor. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 217...

  • Page 726: Abnormality Of Image Density / Gray Balance

    Is there a blotch on the image? Perform troubleshooting for blotched image. Is the image transferred normally? Perform troubleshooting for abnormal transfer. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 218...

  • Page 727: Background Fogging

    If any abnormal image appears, check the harness connection between the LGC board and the high-voltage transformer, power supply and stain on the main charger wire. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 219...
  • Page 728 Therefore it is not recommended to correct (to shift) the toner density basically. If it is shifted, make sure that the image may be improper in a few minutes after shifting. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 220...

  • Page 729: Moire/Lack Of Sharpness

    Check the image processing Check the encircled areas A and B in parameters. the image, and change the sharpness intensity in the sharpness adjustment mode. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 221...

  • Page 730: Toner Offset

    Replace the cleaning web. life? Using the specified cleaning web? Use the specified cleaning web. Is there any trouble with the Clean or replace the thermistor. thermistor? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 222...
  • Page 731 Use the specified developer material material and toner? and toner. Scanner Are the original glass (especially the Clean them. position of shading correction plate), mirror and lens dirty? © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 223...

  • Page 732: Blurred Image

    Is the drum surface wet or dirty? Wipe the drum with a piece of dry cloth. Do not use alcohol or other organic solvents. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 224...

  • Page 733: Poor Fusing

    Check the setting and correct it. roller in each paper type normal? 08-2010, 08-2028, 08-2049, 08- 2050, 08-2051 Using the recommended paper? Use the recommended paper. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 225...

  • Page 734: Blank Copy

    Are the connectors securely Connect the connectors securely. boards and harnesses connected? Replace the harness. Check if the harnesses connecting the boards are open circuited. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 226...

  • Page 735: Solid Copy

    Are the connectors securely Connect the connectors securely. boards and harnesses connected? Replace the harness. Check if the harnesses connecting the boards are open circuited. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 227...

  • Page 736: White Banding Or White Void (In The Feeding Direction)

    Cleaner Is there any foreign matter, which Remove the foreign matter. contacts the drum on the cleaner stay? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 228...

  • Page 737: White Banding (At Right Angle With The Feeding Direction)

    Replace the transformer. (Main charger / Developer output defective? bias / Transfer charger) Feed system Is the aligning amount proper? Adjust the aligning amount. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 229...

  • Page 738: Skew (Inclined Image)

    Pre-registration guide Is the pre-registration guide properly Correct it. installed? Carriage-1 Is the carriage-1 slanted? Adjust the carriage-1. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 230...

  • Page 739: Black Banding (In The Feeding Direction)

    Is the fuser roller surface dirty or Clean or replace the fuser roller. damaged? Is the fuser roller thermistor dirty? Clean the fuser roller thermistor. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 231...

  • Page 740: Black Banding (At Right Angle With The Feeding Direction)

    Replace the drum if the scratch has surface? reached the aluminum base. Scanner Is there a foreign matter on the Remove the foreign matter. carriage rail? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 232...

  • Page 741: White Spots

    Is there any foreign object on the Remove it. charger? Is the charger dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the main charger wire and grid. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 233...
  • Page 742 Therefore it is not recommended to correct (to shift) the toner density basically. If it is shifted, make sure that the image may be improper in a few minutes after shifting. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 234...

  • Page 743: Poor Image Transfer

    Is the high-voltage transformer Replace the transformer. (Transfer charger) output defective? Note: Refer to Ch.6.8.1 for the poor image transfer at the paper leading edge. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 235...

  • Page 744: Uneven Image Density

    Remove foreign matters if there is normally? any. Scanner section Are the original glass (especially the Clean them. position of shading correction plate), mirror and lens dirty? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 236...

  • Page 745: Faded Image (Low Density, Abnormal Gray Balance)

    If any abnormal image appears, check the harness connection between the LGC board and the high-voltage transformer, power supply and stain on the main charger wire. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 237...
  • Page 746 Therefore it is not recommended to correct (to shift) the toner density basically. If it is shifted, make sure that the image may be improper in a few minutes after shifting. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 238...

  • Page 747: Image Dislocation In Feeding Direction

    Is the feed clutch working properly? Check the circuit or feed clutch, and replace them if necessary. Pre-registration guide Is the pre-registration guide installed Install the guide properly. properly? © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 239...

  • Page 748: Jittering Image

    Is there any problem with the drive Check the drive system of the drum. system of the drum? Clean or replace the gears if they have stains or scratches. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 240...

  • Page 749: Poor Cleaning

    Check and replace the drum if necessary. Toner recovery auger Is the toner recovered normally? Clean the toner recovery auger. Check the pressure of the cleaning blade. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 241...

  • Page 750: Uneven Light Distribution

    (especially the position of shading correction plate) dirty? Exposure lamp Is the exposure lamp discolored or Replace the exposure lamp. degraded? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 242...

  • Page 751: Blotched Image

    Replace the transfer belt. normal life span? High-voltage transformer Is the output from the high-voltage Adjust the output. Replace the (Transfer charger) transformer normal? transformer if necessary. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 243...

  • Page 752: Black Banding At The Leading Edge Of Scanned Images

    Fig. 8-23 Defective area Step Check items Prescription Scanner Void amount in network scanning Perform 05-7489 to adjust the blank area around the scanned image. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 244...

  • Page 753: Other Errors

    Check that the cable and harness of the fuser unit are not caught. If the protection function of the fuser unit detects them being caught, the power cannot be turned © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 754 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 246...

  • Page 755: Sys Board Cover

    Disconnect the connector of the cooling fan from the joint connector of the SYS board cover. Fig. 9-1 Remove 2 screws. Loosen 10 screws. Fig. 9-2 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 1...

  • Page 756: System Control Pc Board (Sys Board)

    Fig. 9-4 Disconnect 8 connectors of the SYS board. Remove 2 screws to take off the SYS board [9.1.2] [9.1.2]. Fig. 9-5 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 2...

  • Page 757: Sys Board Case

    (Be careful of static electricity.) NVRAM • Replace the LGC board following "9.2.5 Procedures and settings when replacing Fig. 9-8 the SLG board". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 3...

  • Page 758: Hard Disk (Hdd)

    Remove 4 screws and remove 4 washers to take off the HDD with its bracket. Note: Be sure that any vibration is not transmitted to the HDD. Fig. 9-11 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 4...

  • Page 759: Lgc Board Case

    Disconnect 20 connectors of the LGC board. Remove 7 screws and release the hook to take off the LGC board case with the board. Fig. 9-14 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 5...

  • Page 760: High-Voltage Transformer (Hvt) / Lgc Board Case

    P.9-1 "9.1.1 SYS board cover") Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board for the SYS board with the case. Latch Latch Case Fig. 9-17 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 6...
  • Page 761 Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board from the case. SRAM board Latch Case Fig. 9-18 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 7...

  • Page 762: Precautions When Replacing Pc Boards

    P.9-20 "9.2.6 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board". • When NVRAM requires replacement, see P.9-25 "9.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when replacing NVRAM". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 8...

  • Page 763: Hdd Fault Diagnosis

    HDD failure. Current Pending Sector Count The number of candidate sectors to This value tends to increase at be reassigned HDD failure. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 9...
  • Page 764 When the number of digits obtained from the HDD exceeds one which can be displayed on the control panel, "Over-range" appears, though it does not indicate failure. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 10...

  • Page 765: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Hdd

    [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Adjust image quality Setting completed © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 11...
  • Page 766 Explain the procedure to the user (machine administrator) and ask him/her to enter his/her password. Press the [LIST/REPORT] button and then the [LIST] button. Press the [FUNCTION] button. The “FUNCTION” list is printed out. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 12...
  • Page 767 (11) Check the system ROM version (08-9930). • Confirm the version displayed on the LCD, and then press the [OK]. (12) Turn the power OFF. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 13...
  • Page 768 Press the [FAX] button and then the [TERMINAL ID] button to set each item. Press the [INITIAL SETUP] button to set each item. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 14...
  • Page 769 Enter the password, and then press the [OK]. (If the password is not set for Service, press the [OK]. Perform "Automatic gamma adjustment” <PPC> (05-7165). Turn the power OFF. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 15...

  • Page 770: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Sys Board

    The Remove screen is displayed, then press the [YES] button. If this screen is not displayed, check whether the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment properly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 16...
  • Page 771 Restart the equipment after the restoring is completed. If you want to perform the restoring of the license, do not restart the equipment but perform from (4) in "[G] Restore license". © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03)
  • Page 772 If the security mode is changed from High Security to Low Security in the step "[A]Return license", set the value of 08-8911 to "3" (High Security). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 18...

  • Page 773: Procedures And Settings When Replacing The Slg Board

    (If the password is not set for Service, press the [OK] button without entering anything.) (11) Check the version of the scanner ROM (08-9902). (12) Turn the power OFF. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...

  • Page 774: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing Sram Board

    "[G] Backup ADI key" is required only for the equipment in which the ADI-HDD has been installed. Other procedures are the same as those for installing the SATA-HDD. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 20...
  • Page 775 [E] Restore SRAM If there is SRAM backup data, perform the following steps. Turn the power ON while pressing [6] and the [C] button simultaneously. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 776 Restart the equipment after the backup is completed. If you want to perform the backup of the license, do not restart the equipment but perform from (4) in "[I] Backup license". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 22...
  • Page 777 Then press the [OK] button. If the screen for notifying a failure of the performance is displayed, quit this operation by pressing the [NO] button. Then check that the one-time dongle is installed properly in the equipment. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 778 [O] Set date and time Set the date and time according to these buttons. [USER FUNCTIONS] → [ADMIN] → [GENERAL] → [CLOCK] → [DATE/TIME] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 24...

  • Page 779: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing Nvram

    Enter a password and then press the [OK]. The password is not set by default. (If a password is not set for Service, press [OK] without entering anything.) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 780 SYS-SRAM board referring the following. P.9-20 "9.2.6 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" Perform "Printer all clear" (08-9090). Press [INITIALIZE] to initialize the NVRAM. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 26...
  • Page 781 Perform "Destination display at SRAM initialization" (08-9060), and check whether the same destinations are displayed for the SYS-SRAM board and LGC-SRAM board (NVRAM). Fig. 9-26 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 782 "1" is set for the SRAM board supplied as a service part. If this SRAM board is used with the setting value "1", the number of printouts is not counted. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 28...

  • Page 783: Firmware Confirmation After The Pc Board/Hdd Replacement

    * If “NGD” is displayed for the PFC ROM. version (08-9940), the downloading of PFC ROM fails. Update the firmware again. P.11-51 "11.7 When Firmware Updating Fails" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...

  • Page 784: License Re-Registration Using The One-Time Dongle

    Install the one-time dongle in the equipment (the one which you used for uploading the selected license), and then press the [OK]. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 30...
  • Page 785 If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (13). If there are no other licenses to be installed, press the [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03)

  • Page 786: Precautions For Installation Of Gp-1070 And Disposal Of Hdd/Board

    When disposing of the SRAM board, perform 3C -> 7:Erase SRAM Securely (SRAM securely erasing) for security reasons. Note: If these codes are performed, the equipment cannot be started up. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 32...

  • Page 787: Re-Registration Of The Electronic License Key With The One-Time Dongle

    6. After the equipment is replaced, start it up in the setting mode (08). 7. Insert the one-time dongle to the USB port, then perform 08-3840. 8. Perform the same procedure as the regular registration. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 788 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 34...

  • Page 789: Remote Service

    If Order Failure Occurs If some problems occur and the order cannot be placed after registering an order as a job, refer to the standard countermeasure for the FAX/E-mail transmission failure. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE...

  • Page 790: Setting Item

    AUTO ORDER ON/OFF setting of order for each part * The order is placed when the number of replacement reaches the number specified for the CONDITION. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 2...
  • Page 791 1. Enter the Service Mode. P.5-4 "5.2 Service UI" 2. Select "FAX LIST PRINT MODE" and then press [NEXT]. 3. Select "SUPPLY ORDER LIST" and then press [PRINT]. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 3...

  • Page 792: Setting Procedure

    Press the [PASSWORD] button and the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then key in the Administrator Password and press the [OK] button. * Confirm the password to the administrator. Fig. 10-1 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 4...
  • Page 793 Press the [SERVICE] button in the ADMIN screen. Fig. 10-2 The SERVICE screen is displayed. Fig. 10-3 Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 5...
  • Page 794 Press the [ORDER INFORMATION] button. Fig. 10-4 (10) The ORDER INFORMATION screen is displayed. Fig. 10-5 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 6...
  • Page 795 (14) Press the buttons of the screen of SUPPLIER to set the required item. [NAME] Input the name of supplier. [ADDRESS] Input the address of supplier. (15) Press the [OK] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 7...
  • Page 796 (16) The SERVICE screen is displayed. Fig. 10-7 (17) Press the [SERVICE INFORMATION] button. (18) The CUSTOMER/SERVICE TECHNICIAN screen is displayed. Fig. 10-8 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 8...
  • Page 797 (20) Press the [OK] button to register and complete the order information setting. (21) The SERVICE screen is returned. Fig. 10-9 (22) Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 9...
  • Page 798 (23) Press the [TONER ORDERING] button. Fig. 10-10 (24) The TONER ORDERING screen is displayed. Fig. 10-11 (25) Select the part to be ordered. (Press the [TONER] button.) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 10...
  • Page 799 Allows you to select whether each part to be ordered is placed automatically or not. (27) Press the [OK] button to register the setting of toner order. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 11...
  • Page 800 (29) Press the [USED TONER CONTAINER] button, and then input the order information in the same way. Fig. 10-14 (30) Press the [OK] button to register the order information. (31) The screen returns to the TONER ORDERING. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 12...
  • Page 801 [CONDITION] TONER 9777 1-99 [QUANTITY] USED TONER CONTAINER 9779 Maximum 20 digits [PART NUMBER] USED TONER CONTAINER 9781 1-99 [CONDITION] USED TONER CONTAINER 9780 1-99 [QUANTITY] © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 13...

  • Page 802: Order Sheet Format

    BLACK PartNumber: BLACK-04 Quantity: 18 (*1) CounterInformation: PrintCounter(Small) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 150 PrintCounter(Large) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 0 ScanCounter FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 7 Fig. 10-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 14...
  • Page 803 DESCRIPTION AREA ....................... DEVICE DESCRIPTION :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX SERIAL NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX DEVICE FAX NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PRINT COUNTER 999999999 SCAN COUNTER 999999999 Fig. 10-17 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 15...

  • Page 804: Service Notification

    PM driving count has reached to its setting value. • Toner near empty notification When this function is effective, it notifies each counter information and toner cartridge information if toner near empty occurs. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 16...

  • Page 805: Setting

    Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button and select the [ADMIN] button. Then enter the password and press the [OK] button. • Confirm the password to the administrator. Fig. 10-18 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 17...
  • Page 806 Press the [SERVICE] button. Fig. 10-19 Press the [SERVICE NOTIFICATION] button. Fig. 10-20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 18...
  • Page 807 When pressing the [E-MAIL] button, the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then enter the E-mail addresses and press the [OK] button. (Maximum 3 addresses can be set.) Fig. 10-22 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE...
  • Page 808 When Total Count Transmit is set to ON, the screen to set the notification date is displayed. Then set the notification date with the following procedure. Fig. 10-24 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 20...
  • Page 809 * This is not affected by the specified day of the week. Fig. 10-25 Key in the date (acceptable values: 0-31) in “Notify Date 1” or “Notify Date 2” and press the [OK] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 21...

  • Page 810: Day Of Total Counter Data Transmission

    Total counter transmission interval setting 9606 00:00-23:59 (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Service Call Transmit setting 9605 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) PM Counter Transmit setting 9797 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 22...

  • Page 811: Items To Be Notified

    <Scan Counter> Black ------------------------------------------ Copy Scan 00000000 00000000 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000 Net Scan 00000000 00000000 <FAX Counter> Transmit 00000000 00000000 Receive 00000000 00000000 Fig. 10-27 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 23...
  • Page 812 Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) Number of received pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [EPU (K)] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 24...
  • Page 813 : 0987654321 SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : svc@toshibatec.co.jp SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211 SUPPLIER E-MAIL : s upplier_emailaddress@ccccc.xxx Fig. 10-29 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 25...

  • Page 814: Serial Number

    Count setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter) Definition setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter) Count setting of large-sized paper (PM) Definition setting of large-sized paper (PM) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 26...
  • Page 815 PM driving count present value (Other parts) PM driving count setting value (Other parts) PM driving count present value (Other parts) History of error *2 The latest 20 errors are displayed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 27...
  • Page 816 Date (When an error occurs) Machine model name Serial number Function: Fixed at “Printer” Severity: Fixed at “Error” Error code Error message: The content of error is displayed. Supplier information e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 28...
  • Page 817 Customer information Service technician information History of error *1 The latest 20 errors are displayed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 29...
  • Page 818 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 30...

  • Page 819: Firmware Updating

    Updating method Finisher Finisher firmware (MJ-1027) Saddle Stitch Finisher Finisher firmware (MJ-1028/1029) Saddle stitcher firmware Download jig (K-PWA-DLM-320) Fax Unit FAX firmware (GD-1250) Inserter Inserter firmware (MJ-7001) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 1...
  • Page 820 E. RADF ROM F. Engine ROM G. PFC ROM K-PWA-DLM-320 K-PWA-DLM-320 Jig connector for Engine ROM Jig connector for PFC ROM H. FAX ROM (GD-1250) K-PWA-DLM-320 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 2...
  • Page 821 P. 11-35 PFC ROM P. 11-35 FAX ROM (GD-1250) P. 11-48 Finisher ROM (MJ-1027/1028/1029) P. 11-42 Saddle stitcher ROM (MJ-1028/1029) P. 11-44 Inserter ROM (MJ-7001) P. 11-46 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 3...
  • Page 822 [ON/OFF] button is pressed while simultaneously holding down the [4] and [9] buttons, "Can't fetch Ver." may be displayed on the control panel for some ROMS. A normal power on must be performed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 4...

  • Page 823: Firmware Updating With Usb Media

    Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder. Model specific folder name 556_856 USB media 556_856 T190SY0Wxxxx.tar T190HD0Wxxxx.tar T190SF0Wxxxx.tar T190MWW.xxx T190LWW.xxx T190SLGWW.xxx H190DFWW.xxx T190FWW.xxx pubkey.key signartures.sig plt_integrity.cfg Fig. 11-1 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 5...
  • Page 824 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 6...

  • Page 825: Master Data / System Rom / Laser Rom / Pfc Rom / Engine Rom Scanner Rom / Radf Rom

    The screen for selecting items to be updated is displayed after approx. 1 minute. On this screen, the current firmware version of this equipment and the firmware version of data to be updated are displayed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 826 Data files are not stored in the USB media. Patch and Normal package in one folder of When both the system and patch update USBStorage packages are in the USB media. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 8...
  • Page 827 RADF FIRMWARE update in progress RADF FIRMWARE Completed “Update Completed.” is displayed at the bottom of the LCD screen after the updating is completed properly. Fig. 11-3 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 9...
  • Page 828 (When the download is written) (When the download is written) Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 10...
  • Page 829 Laser Update Error Error Error message Error content number Other error Other error © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 11...
  • Page 830 (When the download is written) Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) Other error Other error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 12...
  • Page 831 Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel while [0] button and [8] button are pressed simultaneously. • Key in “9030”, and then press the [START] button. • Press the [INITIALIZE] button. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 13...
  • Page 832 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 14...
  • Page 833 Scanner OS Update HDD SYS Update Firmware Update Firmware Update [ PFC ROM ] Firmware Update [ Laser ROM ] Firmware Update Update Completed Fig. 11-4 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 15...
  • Page 834 Below is an example of the changes of the LCD screen during update. System ROM Fig. 11-5 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 16...
  • Page 835 Master data Fig. 11-6 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 17...
  • Page 836 Scanner ROM Fig. 11-7 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 18...
  • Page 837 Engine ROM / PFC ROM / Laser ROM Fig. 11-8 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 19...
  • Page 838 Engine ROM / PFC ROM / Laser ROM Fig. 11-9 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 20...

  • Page 839: Patch Updating With Usb Media

    Never change the model specific folder name, since it is used for identifying the data file when the data files used for updating multiple models are stored in the USB media. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03)
  • Page 840 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 22...

  • Page 841: Master Data / System Rom

    The screen for selecting items to be updated is displayed after approx. 1 minute. On this screen, the current firmware version of this equipment and the firmware version of data to be updated are displayed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 842 Status display when update is completed SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS Data) SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS Data) Completed update in progress SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data) SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data) Completed update in progress e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 24...
  • Page 843 SRAM flag set error Electronic key data backup error Device error HDD update Error Error Error content number File creation error File decompression error Partition mount error Other errors © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 25...
  • Page 844 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 26...

  • Page 845: Firmware Updating With Pwa-Dwnld-350-Jig1

    Flash ROMs. Refer to the following to write the data. Remark: A download jig (PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG2, 48 MB) can also be used. Follow the same procedure as that for the following download jig: (PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG1). © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 27...

  • Page 846: Writing The Data To The Download Jig (Pwa-Dwnld-350-Jig1)

    Minato Electronics MODEL 1893/1895/1931/1940 PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 (model 1931) (or equivalent) model 1881 model 1931 ( LV650 ) [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1881 ] [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 ] Fig. 11-6 Fig. 11-7 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 28...
  • Page 847 ROM2 ROM3 ROM4 ROM5 ROM6 Note: Be sure not to confuse different ROM Versions since the file name is identical although the ROM version is different. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 29...

  • Page 848: System Rom

    “*” is displayed next to the selected item. Display or delete the “*” by pressing the number of the item. All items are selected in the default settings. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 30...
  • Page 849 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 850: Firmware Updating With K-Pwa-Dlm-320

    Fax unit firmware FAX board (GD-1250) K-PWA-DLM-320 Connector Mark for ROM installation direction Fig. 11-10 Jig board: K-PWA-DLM-320 Important: Pay attention to the direction of the ROM. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 32...

  • Page 851: Laser Rom

    Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. (10) Remove the download jig and install the connector cover. (11) Close the front cover. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 33...
  • Page 852 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 34...

  • Page 853: Engine Rom / Pfc Rom

    Open the front cover. Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 35...
  • Page 854 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 36...

  • Page 855: Scanner Rom

    Take off the top right cover. Top right cover Fig. 11-14 Take off the right upper cover. Right upper cover Fig. 11-15 Remove the cover plate. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 37...
  • Page 856 (10) Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. (11) Remove the download jig, and then install the cover plate, top right cover and right top cover. (12) Close the front cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 38...
  • Page 857 If the exposure lamp blinks twice at the time of start-up and a “C270” error occurs, the model of the scanner ROM updated may be incorrect. Check the model of the scanner ROM and retry updating. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 858: Radf Firmware

    Fig. 11-19 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 40...
  • Page 859 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 41...

  • Page 860: Finisher Firmware (Mj-1027/1028/1029)

    Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Remove the download jig. (10) Close the front cover. (11) Install the finisher rear cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 42...
  • Page 861 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 43...

  • Page 862: Saddle Stitcher Firmware (Mj-1028/1029)

    Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Remove the download jig. (10) Close the front cover. (11) Install the saddle stitcher PCB cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 44...
  • Page 863 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 45...

  • Page 864: Inserter Firmware (Mj-7001)

    Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Remove the download jig. (10) Close the front cover. (11) Install the inserter rear cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 46...
  • Page 865 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 47...

  • Page 866: Fax Unit Firmware (Gd-1250)

    Fig. 11-24 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 48...
  • Page 867 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly. P.11-50 "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 49...

  • Page 868: Confirmation Of The Updated Data

    * It is recommended to keep this list for future reinstallation such as the replacement of the SYS board. Keep pressing the [ON/OFF] button until you hear a sound to shut down the equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 50...

  • Page 869: When Firmware Updating Fails

    If the equipment cannot be started even when the above update has been performed, check that there is no damage to the “SYS board”, “PLG board”, “LGC board” or “SLG board”. Replace them if necessary. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 870: Flow Chart For Correcting Usb Update Failure

    Update succeeded? Check ROM version. Failed twice or more? "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data " Replace SYS board. Is ROM version correct? Update USB. Update completed e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 52...
  • Page 871 Replace HDD. Update USB. Check HDD/ROM version. "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data " Update succeeded? Is HDD/ROM version correct? Replace SYS board. Update USB. Update completed © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 53...
  • Page 872 Update succeeded? Check ROM version. Failed twice or more? "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data " Replace target board. Is ROM version correct? Update USB. Update completed e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 54...

  • Page 873: Backup Function

    Note that backup files are encrypted. Filename Remark E.g.: When backup was performed at 13:59 on October Modelname_MFPSerialNo_yyyy-MM-dd_hh-mm 1st, 2010. T190_CUK911379_2010-10-01_13-59 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 1...

  • Page 874: Cloning Procedure

    Enter a password (max. 15 characters) set for the backup data. “Back Up Completed” is displayed on the LCD screen when the backup has been properly completed. Turn the power OFF and remove the USB media. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 2...
  • Page 875 Enter the serial number of the backup file. "Restore successfully done" is displayed on the LCD screen when the restoring has been properly completed. Turn the power OFF after the restoring is completed. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 3...
  • Page 876 An incorrect MFP Serial No. has been entered. xxxxxxxxx MFP Serial Number Not Set Acquisition of the MFP Serial No. has been failed. Backup File Corrupted A backup file has been damaged. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 4...

  • Page 877: Aes(Advanced Encryption Standard) Data Encryption Function Setting

    HDD. A service technician can back up or restore them only when the user (machine administrator) permits it. • Some data in the HDD cannot be backed up and can be left only on printouts. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 5...

  • Page 878: Setting Procedure

    [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Check actuation of data encryption function setting Setting completed Fig. 12-4 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 6...
  • Page 879 Select the [FAX LIST PRINT MODE] and then press the [NEXT] button. Select the [Function list for maintenance] and then press the [PRINT] button. The “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE” is printed out. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) BACKUP FUNCTION...
  • Page 880 1. Turn the power ON while pressing the digital keys [1] and [*] simultaneously. 2. Key in [100] and then press the [START] button. 3. Key in [102] and then press the [START] button. 4. Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 8...
  • Page 881 Compare the lists which were printed before and after the formatting to check the setting items having the different setting values. Set the value which was set before the formatting Turn the power OFF. Turn the power OFF. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 9...

  • Page 882: Procedure For Disabling Data Encryption Function

    Procedure for disabling data encryption function". hen perform the code 3C->6 : Erase HDD Securely (HDD securely erasing) to completely erase the data in the HDD. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 10...

  • Page 883: High Security Mode

    ROM (SYS V1.0) are displayed on the top right of the counter menu, this means the mode is operating normally. 4. Reset the user data backed up in advance. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) BACKUP FUNCTION...

  • Page 884: Precautions

    High Security Mode. Be sure to back up user data before having it do so. • After the equipment enters the High Security Mode, ask the administrator for the equipment to select [FULL] and perform the Integrity check manually. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 12...

  • Page 885: External Counters

    5V line DC5V±3% At the sleep In use In use In use mode:OFF CTRCN2 Counter connection L=0V, H=DC5V In use In use In use Signal 2 Connecting © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) External Counters 13 - 1...
  • Page 886 L: Connected Connection Signal (IC54) H: Not connected Power +24VA 24V line DC24V±10% When cover opened: OFF KCTRON Key Counter On Signal Open Collector L: ON (IC54) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved External Counters 13 - 2...

  • Page 887: Details Of The Signals

    9. B/W signal (output signal) If the black mode is selected, it outputs “Low” in real time. In other cases, it outputs “High”. This is the signal only for the coin controller. © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) External Counters...

  • Page 888: Notices

    It is not allowed to install more than one external counter (Key Counter, Card controller and Coin controller) at the same time. Physically, the card controller and coin controller cannot be installed together since the output signals are in common. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved External Counters 13 - 4...

  • Page 889: Wire Harness Connection Diagrams

    Black White White Blue Brown Brown Blue Blue White Black Blue Brown Blue Blue Brown Brown White White White Black Black Black Fig. 14-1 © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 14 - 1...

  • Page 890: Dc Wire Harness / Electric Parts Layout

    14.2 14.2 DC Wire Harness / Electric Parts Layout e-STUDIO556/656/756/856(Ver03) © 2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 14 - 2...
  • Page 891 14.2.1 DC Wire Harness 14 - 3...
  • Page 892 17) Reversing automatic document feeder (RADF) 17) Reversing automatic document feeder (RADF) a. e-STUDIO656: JPC model b. e-STUDIO856: JPC model c. e-STUDIO556: NAD model, d. e-STUDIO556: ASD/AUD/MJD/CND model, a. Sensor, Switch b. Motor, fan, solenoid, PC board e-STUDIO656: NAD/SAD/TWD model,...
  • Page 893 Input check (Test mode 03) [FAX] button: OFF / [COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF / [COPY] LED: OFF) Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Intermediate transport sensor No paper Paper present 1st drawer transport sensor No paper Paper present 1st drawer feed sensor...
  • Page 894 Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Bypass paper size detection sensor-3 Other than A3/LD A3/LD (Refer to Table 1) Bypass paper size detection sensor-2 Other than A4-R/LT- A4-R/LT-R (Refer to Table 1) Bypass paper size detection sensor-1 Other than A5-R/ST- A5-R/ST-R (Refer to Table 1)
  • Page 895 Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper size detection sensor and the paper width Bypass paper-width sensor Paper-width size A3/LD A4-R/LT-R A5-R/ST-R Card size B4/LG B5-R...
  • Page 896 [FAX] button: ON / [COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: ON / [COPY] LED: OFF) Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Exit sensor Paper present No paper Cover interlock switch (front cover (lower)) Door closed Door opened Toner bag full detection sensor Full...
  • Page 897 Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Original tray sensor Original present No original Original empty sensor Original present No original Jam access cover opening/closing sensor Cover opened Cover closed RADF opening/closing sensor RADF opened RADF closed Original exit sensor Original present...
  • Page 898 [FAX] button: OFF / [COPY] button: ON ([FAX] LED: OFF / [COPY] LED: ON) Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Temperature/humidity sensor (displays Temperature [°C] temperature inside of the equipment) Temperature/humidity sensor (displays humidity Humidity [%RH] inside of the equipment) Drum thermistor (displays drum surface...
  • Page 899 Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. USB Dongle for Printer/Scanner Kit (GM-2270) Connectable (*2) Not connectable USB Dongle for Printer Kit (GM-1250) Connectable Not connectable USB Dongle for Scanner Kit (GM-4250) Connectable Not connectable Dongles for other equipments / Other USB Connectable Not connectable...
  • Page 900 Output check (test mode 03) Code Function Code Function Procedure Drum motor ON (operational without Code No. 101 function OFF developer unit) New toner supply motor ON Code No. 102 function OFF (operational with developer unit) Polygonal motor (600 dpi) ON Code No.
  • Page 901 Code Function Procedure 1st drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 2nd drawer feed clutch ON/OFF Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF Tandem LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF Tandem LCF end fence reciprocating movement Tandem LCF end fence motor ON/OFF 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF feed clutch (Tandem LCF model) ON/OFF 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF transport clutch ON/OFF Key copy counter count-up Horizontal transport section drive clutch-2 ON/OFF...
  • Page 902 Code Function Procedure Tray-up motor-2 ON (4th drawer tray goes up) RADF original feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) RADF original feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) RADF read motor ON/OFF RADF original exit motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) RADF original exit motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) RADF original reverse motor (normal rotation) ON/OFF RADF original reverse motor (reverse rotation) ON/OFF RADF original reverse solenoid ON/OFF...
  • Page 903 Test print mode (test mode 04) Code Types of test pattern Remarks Output for Secondary scanning direction 17 gradation Error diffusion / gamma adjustment steps pattern Grid pattern Pattern width: 2 dots, Pitch: 10 mm...
  • Page 904 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Process Developer 2000 Automatic adjustment The adjustment starts approx. 3 minutes after this mode t mode of auto-toner sensor has been selected, and then the value is automatically adjusted.
  • Page 905 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Process Image 2162 Drum surface 0-999 The drum surface potential of the main charger center t mode quality potential sensor bias measured by the sensor is displayed.
  • Page 906 Refer to 0-255 When the value increases, the laser power output t mode quality adjustment content increases. control <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 132 e-STUDIO756/856: 101 Adjustmen Process Image Laser power 2250 2nd laser 0-255 When the value increases, the laser power output...
  • Page 907 Adjustment of primary 4000 0-255 When the value increases in increments of "1", the t mode polygonal motor scanning direction reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction rotation speed reproduction ratio increases as follows: e-STUDIO556/656: 0.3 mm/step e-STUDIO756/856: 0.1 mm/step...
  • Page 908 When the value increases in increments of "1", the t mode polygonal motor scanning direction reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction rotation speed reproduction ratio increases as follows: e-STUDIO556/656: 0.3 mm/step e-STUDIO756/856: 0.1 mm/step Adjustmen Printer Image Adjustment of laser Primary scanning 4005 0-255 When the value increases by "1", the writing start...
  • Page 909 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Image Margin adjustment 4050 Top margin 0-255 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts t mode adjustment approx.
  • Page 910 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Image Leading edge position 4061 Bypass feeding 0-40 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts t mode adjustment toward the trailing edge of the paper by approx.0.4 mm.
  • Page 911 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 2nd drawer 4101 Plain paper; Long size 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 912 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning Bypass feeding 4103 Plain paper; Short 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 913 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning Bypass feeding 4105 Thick paper2; Middle 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 914 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning Bypass feeding 4106 Thick paper3; Short 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 915 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 3rd drawer 4108 Plain paper; Short 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 916 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 4110 Plain paper; Long size 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 917 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Paper Paper pushing 4112 Thick 3 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the drive count of the t mode feeding amount adjustment...
  • Page 918 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 2nd drawer 4116 Thick paper1; Middle 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 919 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 3rd drawer 4117 Thick paper1; Short 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 920 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning Tandem LCF 4119 Thick paper3 0-63 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 921 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Finisher Fine adjustment of 4150 -14-14 When the value increases by "1", the binding/folding t mode binding position shifts toward the right page by 0.25 mm. position/folding position Adjustmen...
  • Page 922 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Paper Adjustment of 4491 3rd drawer Refer to 0-31 <Default value> t mode feeding remained paper content NAD: 18 amount (no paper Others: 20 remained)
  • Page 923 Adjustmen Printer Drive Fine adjustment of 4538 Normal speed Refer to 0-255 <Default Value> t mode reverse motor rotation content e-STUDIO556/656: 137 speed e-STUDIO756/856: 135 Adjustmen Printer Drive Fine adjustment of 4538 Increased speed 0-255 t mode reverse motor rotation...
  • Page 924 Adjustmen Printer Drive Fine adjustment of 4539 Normal speed Refer to 0-255 <Default Value> t mode reverse motor rotation content e-STUDIO556/656: 137 speed e-STUDIO756/856: 135 Adjustmen Printer Drive Fine adjustment of 4539 Increased speed 0-255 t mode reverse motor rotation...
  • Page 925 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Drive Fine adjustment of 4542 Option LCF feeding 0-255 t mode transport motor speed rotation speed Adjustmen Printer Drive Fine adjustment of 4543...
  • Page 926 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Paper Leading edge position 4562 Thick paper 2 0-40 t mode feeding adjustment correction item on each media type (1st drawer) Adjustmen Printer...
  • Page 927 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Paper Leading edge position 4564 Thick paper 3 0-40 t mode feeding adjustment correction item on each media type (3rd drawer) Adjustmen Printer...
  • Page 928 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Paper Leading edge position 4566 OHP film 0-40 t mode feeding adjustment correction item on each media type (Tandem LCF) Adjustmen Printer Paper...
  • Page 929 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Paper Leading edge position 4569 Thick paper 1 0-40 t mode feeding adjustment correction item on each media type (Option LCF) Adjustmen Printer...
  • Page 930 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 1st drawer 4582 Thick paper2; Long 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 931 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 2nd drawer 4583 Thick paper2; Short 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 932 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 4th drawer 4585 Thick paper2; Middle 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 933 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 4587 Thick paper2; Short 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 934 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 2nd drawer 4589 Thick paper3; Long 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 935 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 3rd drawer 4590 Thick paper3; Short 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 936 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning Option LCF 4592 Thick paper3; Short 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 937 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 1st drawer 4594 OHP film; Short size1 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 938 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 3rd drawer 4596 OHP film; Long size 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 939 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 4th drawer 4597 OHP film; Short size2 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 940 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Printer Feeding Paper aligning 4599 OHP film; Short size3 0-63 When the value increases by " 1 ", the aligning amount t mode system/Pa amount adjustment...
  • Page 941 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Sharpness PPC(black) 7057 Text 0-255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. t mode Processing adjustment The smaller the value, the softer the image becomes and the less moire appears.
  • Page 942 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Density PPC(black) Manual 7122 Photo 0-255 SYS When the value increases, the image of the "dark" t mode Processing adjustment adjustment/Dark step...
  • Page 943 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Gamma PPC(black) Text 7191 High density 0-255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the area t mode Processing balance...
  • Page 944 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Image PPC(black) Text/Photo 7212 Beam level 4/4 0-255 The smaller the value, the narrower the beam width t mode Processing contrast becomes and the smaller the dots are reproduced.
  • Page 945 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Image PPC(black) Presentation 7215 Beam level 0/4 0-255 The smaller the value, the narrower the beam width t mode Processing contrast becomes and the smaller the dots are reproduced.
  • Page 946 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Density PPC(black) Automatic density 7267 User custom 0-255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. t mode Processing adjustment...
  • Page 947 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Range PPC(black) Black/Manual density 7288 Photo SYS 0: Background peak - Fixed t mode Processing correction adjustment 1: Background peak - Varied adjustment Adjustmen Image...
  • Page 948 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Gamma PRT(black) PCL/Smooth/600dpi 7317 High density 0-255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the target area t mode Processing balance...
  • Page 949 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Image Adjustment of 7326 Adjustment of the smudged/faint text.With decreasing t mode Processing smudged/faint text the value, the faint text is suppressed, and with increasing it, the smudged text is suppressed.
  • Page 950 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Gamma Monochrome/600dpi/ PS/graphics 7361 Medium density 0-255 SYS Larger the value, the density for the target area t mode Processing balance Auto...
  • Page 951 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Gamma Monochrome/600dpi/ XPS/image 7368 Low density 0-255 SYS Larger the value, the density for the target area t mode Processing balance Auto...
  • Page 952 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Range SCN(black) Black/Automatic 7425 User custom SYS 0: Background peak - Fixed t mode Processing correction density adjustment 1: Background peak - Varied adjustment Adjustmen...
  • Page 953 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Density SCN(black) Automatic density 7459 Gray scale 0-255 SYS When the value increases, the image becomes darker. t mode Processing adjustment adjustment...
  • Page 954 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Gamma SCN(black) Text 7486 High density 0-255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the area t mode Processing balance...
  • Page 955 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Density FAX(black) Automatic density 7543 Photo 0-255 SYS When the value increases, the image becomes darker. t mode Processing adjustment adjustment...
  • Page 956 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Stroke PS/PDF automatic 600dpi 8239 Minimum stroke width SYS This code is used to change the width of fine lines in PS t mode Processing adjustment...
  • Page 957 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image SCN(color) 8320 Text SYS Sets the color space format of the output image. t mode Processing conversion 0: sRGB method 1: AppleRGB selection...
  • Page 958 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Density SCN(color) Manual 8340 Text 0-255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. t mode Processing adjustment adjustment/Center...
  • Page 959 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Range SCN(color) Full color/Manual 8361 Text SYS 0: Background peak - Fixed t mode Processing correction density adjustment 1: Background peak - Varied adjustment Adjustmen...
  • Page 960 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Adjustmen Image Backgroun SCN(color) Automatic density 8385 Text 0-255 SYS The larger the value, the less easily the background t mode Processing d offset adjustment...
  • Page 961 SLIM PDF background processing Adjustmen System General 9960 Equipment Refer to SYS Displays the equipment information (setting value of 08- t mode information (SRAM) content 9960) 0: Not set 1: e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 2: e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/756SE/856SE <Default value> NAD: 2 Others: 1...
  • Page 962 6: 170°C 7: 175°C 8: 180°C 9: 185°C 10: 190°C 11:195° status C 12: 200°C 13:205°C 14: 210°C <Default value> e-STUDIO556 UC, EUR: 12 e-STUDIO656 JPC: 9 UC, EUR: 12 e-STUDIO756/856 JPC: 12 UC, EUR: 12 Setting Process Fuser...
  • Page 963 6: 140°C 7: 145°C 8: 150°C 9: 155°C 10: 160°C 11:165° temperature(Pressure C 12: 170°C 13:175°C 14: 180°C 15:185°C roller)(Normal 16: 190°C temperature / Option <Default value> not installed) e-STUDIO556 UC, EUR: 4 e-STUDIO656/756/856 JPC: 2 UC, EUR: 4 Setting Process Fuser 2058 Low-speed pre- Refer to 0~16 0: 50°C 1: 55°C 2: 60°C 3: 65°C 4: 70°C 5: 75°C 6: 80°...
  • Page 964 Refer to 0: Performs prerunning 1: No pre-running Mode running setting at contents <Default value> recovery from Energy e-STUDIO556 UC, EUR: 0 Saving Mode e-STUDIO656 JPC: 1 UC, EUR: 0 e-STUDIO756/856 JPC: 0 UC, EUR: 0 Setting Process Fuser 2105...
  • Page 965 C 7: 85°C 8: 90°C 9: 95°C 10: 100°C 11: 105°C 12: temperature during 110°C 13: 115°C 14: 120°C 15: 125°C 16: 130°C ready status <Default value> (Pressure e-STUDIO556 UC, EUR: 10 roller)(Option not e-STUDIO656 JPC: 6 UC, EUR: 10 installed)(When e-STUDIO756/856 JPC: 10 UC, EUR: 10 setting 08-2130 is...
  • Page 966 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Process Fuser Switching printing 2244 Thick paper 2 0: Disabled 1: Enabled only for 5 minutes after warming- Mode speed up 2: Always enabled Setting...
  • Page 967 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Process Process 2832 Drum pre-running 0~255 0: Disabled　1-255: 1-255 sec. Mode period Setting Process Image 2842 Developer unit 0~99 Unit: Second Mode quality...
  • Page 968 The upper limit of the laser power control is set. Mode quality (laser power) upper contents [Unit: μW] control limiter setting <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 1020 e-STUDIO756/856: 610 Setting Process Image 2904 Exposure amount Refer to 0~1500 The lower limit of the laser power control is set.
  • Page 969 0~255 The output value of the transfer bias at the center of the Mode transformer DC contents paper is corrected. correction (C) <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 105 e-STUDIO756/856: 139 Setting Process Transfer 2928 Transfer transformer 0~255 The output value of the transfer bias at the trailing edge...
  • Page 970 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Process Transfer Transfer correction Thick paper1 2929 0~255 The output value of the transfer bias at the center of the Mode value paper is corrected.
  • Page 971 0: -150 1: -120　2: -90 3: -60　4: -30 5: ±0　6: +30 7: Mode quality correction setting contents +60　8: +90 9: +120　10: +150 control <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 5 e-STUDIO756/856: 5　(6 for NAD only) Setting Scanner 3015 Pre-scan setting SYS 0: Not performing pre-scanning 1: Performing pre- Mode...
  • Page 972 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Scanner RADF 3017 DF (A4/LT) automatic SYS 0: Detects A4/LT 1: Does not detect A4/LT Mode detection setting Setting Scanner RADF 3021...
  • Page 973 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System User Card reader 3500 Device setting SYS To enable the e-Bridge ID Gate, a card reading device Mode interface 429496729 should be set in the order of "ABYYZZZZ".
  • Page 974 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System User Card reader 3502 Format information 2 SYS The data of the block number in the non-contact IC is Mode interface 429496729...
  • Page 975 Enable/Disable setting SYS 0: Disabled Mode of standard EWB 1: Enabled function * This code is valid for the following model or destination: - e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/756SE/856SE - e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 for MJD Setting System Network 3631 Remote Access SYS 0: Disabled Mode (SNMP)
  • Page 976 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System Network 3721 AppleTalk Device MFP's Maximum 32 letters Mode Name serial "MFP's serial number" is set as default. Perform 08- number 9083 to set the default value.
  • Page 977 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System Network 3743 LDAP Client Time Out 1~180 NIC Use when a timeout occurred at LDAP client connection Mode Setting System Network...
  • Page 978 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System Network 3774 DHCPv6 Option NIC DHCPv6 Option is switched when the Manual is set. Mode setting 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Setting System Network...
  • Page 979 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System Network Direct SMTP 3810 Communication SYS When an Internet Fax is sent, Direct SMTP Mode setting communication is set. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled When "0: Disabled"...
  • Page 980 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System 3848 Restriction on SYS Availability of destination selection from the Address Mode Address Book Book is switched as one of FAX mistransmission destination setting prevention functions when setting FAX destinations.
  • Page 981 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting System General 3857 Summer time mode Refer to 00~23 SYS The time at which summer time is started is set. Mode Starting time contents...
  • Page 982 0: 60,236.22 rpm 1: 44,500 rpm 2: 40,000 rpm 3: ready status 35,000 rpm 4: Unused 5: Unused <e-STUDIO756/856> 0: 36,318.898 rpm 1: Unused 2: Unused 3: Unused 4: Unused 5: Unused <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 1 e-STUDIO756/856: 0 Setting Printer Paper 4010 Default setting of...
  • Page 983 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Printer Laser 4015 Timing of auto- SYS This setting to switch the polygonal motor to the Mode clearing of polygonal standby rotation when a certain period of time has motor pre-running passed from the pre-running.
  • Page 984 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Printer Paper Feeding retry number Bypass feed 4024 Plain paper Sets the number of times of the feeding retry from the Mode feeding setting...
  • Page 985 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Printer Paper 4103 Paper size for 4th Refer to 0~255 Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Mode feeding drawer...
  • Page 986 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Printer Paper 4113 Paper size (LG) 356/216 182~432/1 Mode feeding feeding/widthwise 40~297 direction Setting Printer Paper 4114 Paper size (ST-R) 216/140 182~432/1 Mode feeding...
  • Page 987 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Printer Paper 4131 Feeding retry setting 0: Enabled 1: Disabled Mode feeding Setting Printer Paper 4140 Paper size for bypass 0~255 SYS Press the button on the LCD to select the size.
  • Page 988 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Printer Fuser 4532 Fusing error 0~255 Mode temperature (Temperature of the fuser roller front thermopiles) Setting Printer Fuser 4533 Fusing error 0~255 Mode...
  • Page 989 Printer General 4586 Checking of NVRAM Refer to 190-193 <Default value> Mode board data on LGC content 190: e-STUDIO556 board No. 1 (Models) 191: e-STUDIO656 192: e-STUDIO756 193: e-STUDIO856 Setting Printer Feeding 4602 Paper transport period 0: Enabled 1: Disabled...
  • Page 990 (smaller) than that of "center". Setting Counter Maintenan 5554 Setting value of PM Refer to 8 digits <Default value> Mode counter content e-STUDIO556: JPC: 0 Others: 460,000 e-STUDIO656: JPC: 0 Others: 515,000 e-STUDIO756: JPC: 0 Others: 540,000 e-STUDIO856: JPC: 0 Others: 600,000...
  • Page 991 UI Setting Counter Maintenan 5555 Setting value of PM Refer to 8 digits <Default value> Mode time counter display/0 content e-STUDIO556/656: 400,000 clearing e-STUDIO756/856: 330,000 Setting Counter Maintenan 5562 Setting value of PM Refer to 8 digits <Default value> Mode...
  • Page 992 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Counter Maintenan 5585 Switching of output Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The Mode pages/ driving counts message is displayed on the LCD screen.) at PM / Parts 0: PM counter (The number of output pages is set at...
  • Page 993 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Counter Counter Display of number of 6064 Large 8 digits SYS Counts the number of output pages in the Printer Mode output pages in Function...
  • Page 994 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Counter Counter Display of number of Small 6068 Small 8 digits SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the Full Color Mode scanning pages at Mode in the Scanning Function according to its size...
  • Page 995 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Counter Counter Display of number of 6073 Large 8 digits SYS Counts the number of transmitted pages in the FAX Mode transmitted pages in Function according to its size (large/small).
  • Page 996 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Counter Double 6083 Thick1/2/3/4 (Back) Refer to SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per Mode count contents page.
  • Page 997 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Counter Weighting 6085 Black + large print 0-9999 SYS 0 (weight: 0.00) – 9999 (weight: 99.99) Mode to custom counter JobQuota Setting...
  • Page 998 6191 Setting value Refer to 8 digits Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Mode contents timing. 0: Not displayed <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 495,000 e-STUDIO756/856: 410,000 [Unit: count] Setting Counter Maintenan PM counter 6194 Current value 8 digits Counts up when the registration sensor is ON.
  • Page 999 Setting Process Fuser 6199 Setting value to Refer to 8 digits <Default value> Mode display that the contents e-STUDIO556: 410,000 cleaning web is e-STUDIO656: 465,000 almost consumed e-STUDIO756: 490,000 e-STUDIO856: 550,000 (Setting value x1 sheet) Setting Process Fuser 6200 Setting value to...
  • Page 1000 Sub- Default Acceptable Proce Servic 05/08 Mode Element Item Subitem Code Details Contents element code value value dure e UI Setting Counter Paper Feeding retry counter 6235 T-LCF 8 digits Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from Mode feeding the Tandem LCF.

This manual is also suitable for:

E-studio656E-studio656seE-studio856E-studio756E-studio756seE-studio856se ... Show all

Table of Contents